MapInfo Pro

Version 17.0

MapInfo Pro Help

Notices
 Copyright

© April 2018 Pitney Bowes Software Inc.

Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment
on the part of the vendor or its representatives. No part of this document may be reproduced or
transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, without
the written permission of Pitney Bowes Software Inc., One Global View, Troy, New York 12180-8399.
© 2018 Pitney Bowes Software Inc. All rights reserved. Pitney Bowes Software Inc. is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Pitney Bowes Inc. Pitney Bowes, the corporate logo, MapInfo, Group 1 Software, and
MapInfo Pro are trademarks of Pitney Bowes Software Inc. All other marks and trademarks are
property of their respective holders.
Contact information for all Pitney Bowes Software Inc. offices is located at:
http://www.pitneybowes.com/us/contact-us.html.
© 2018 OpenStreetMap contributors, CC-BY-SA; see OpenStreetMap
http://www.openstreetmap.org (license available at www.opendatacommons.org/licenses/odbl)
and CC-BY-SA http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.0
libtiff © 1988-1997 Sam Leffler, © 2018 Silicon Graphics International, formerly Silicon Graphics Inc.
All Rights Reserved.
libgeotiff © 2018 Niles D. Ritter.
Amigo, Portions © 1999 Three D Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Halo Image Library © 1993 Media Cybernetics Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Portions thereof LEAD Technologies, Inc. © 1991-2018. All Rights Reserved.
Portions © 1993-2018 Ken Martin, Will Schroeder, Bill Lorensen. All Rights Reserved.
ECW by ERDAS © 1993-2018 Intergraph Corporation, part of Hexagon Geospatial AB and/or its
suppliers. All rights reserved.
Portions © 2018 Intergraph Corporation, part of Hexagon Geospatial AB. All Rights Reserved.
MrSID, MrSID Decompressor and the MrSID logo are trademarks of LizardTech, a Celartem company,
used under license. Portions of this computer program are copyright © 1995-1998 LizardTech, A
Celartem Company, and/or the University of California or are protected by US patent no. 5,710,835
and are used under license. All rights reserved. MrSID is protected under US and international
patent and copyright treaties and foreign patent applications are pending. Unauthorized use or
duplication prohibited.
Contains FME® Objects © 2005-2018 Safe Software Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Amyuni PDF Converter © 2000-2018, AMYUNI Consultants – AMYUNI Technologies Inc. All rights
reserved.
Civic England - Public Sector Symbols Copyright © 2018 West London Alliance. The symbols may
be used free of charge. For more information on these symbols, including how to obtain them for
use in other applications, please visit the West London Alliance Web site at
http://www.westlondonalliance.org

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 3

 Copyright

© 2006-2018 TomTom International BV. All Rights Reserved. This material is proprietary and the
subject of copyright protection and other intellectual property rights owned or licensed to TomTom.
The use of this material is subject to the terms of a license agreement. You will be held liable for
any unauthorized copying or disclosure of this material.
Microsoft Bing: All contents of the Bing service are Copyright © 2018 Microsoft Corporation and/or
its suppliers, One Microsoft Way, Redmond, WA 98052, USA. All rights reserved. Microsoft or its
suppliers own the title, copyright, and other intellectual property rights in the Bing service and content.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Live, Windows logo, MSN, MSN logo (butterfly), Bing, and other
Microsoft products and services may also be either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft
in the United States and/or other countries.
This product contains 7-Zip, which is licensed under GNU Lesser General Public License, Version
3, 29 June 2007 with the unRAR restriction. The license can be downloaded from
http://www.7-zip.org/license.txt. The GNU License may be downloaded from
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html. The source code is available from http://www.7-zip.org.
Products named herein may be trademarks of their respective manufacturers and are hereby
recognized. Trademarked names are used editorially, to the benefit of the trademark owner, with
no intent to infringe on the trademark.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 4

Table of Contents

1 - Welcome to MapInfo Pro 4 - Working with Objects on the

Map
What's New in MapInfo Pro 9
Enhancements and Updates 15
Drawing and Editing Objects 560
Getting Support 21
Buffering and Working with Objects 618
Customer Experience Improvement Program 28
Redistricting: Grouping Map Objects into
Copyright 29
Districts 665

2 - Getting Started 5 - Working with Web Services

Introduction to MapInfo Pro 35
About Web Services 680
A Tour of the MapInfo Pro User Interface 42
Working with a Web Feature Service (WFS) 684
Using the Help System 111
Working with a Web Map Service (WMS) 701
Data - Where MapInfo Pro Begins 112
Working With a Web Map Tile Service (WMTS)714
Understanding Your Data in MapInfo Pro 130
Working with a Mapping Tile Server (MTS) and
Using Workspaces 136
Microsoft Bing 723
Reviewing the Windows in MapInfo Pro 142
Geocoding Using a Geocoding Server 735
Working with Tables in the Tables List 169
Routing Using the Envinsa Server 760
Working with Layers in the Explorer Window 175
Troubleshooting Web Services 772
Working with Raster and Grid Layers 205
Working with Seamless Layers 208
Working with MapInfo Manager Library 6 - Working with Coordinate
Services 213
Saving, Closing, and Exporting Your Work 214
Systems

Working with Coordinate Systems and

3 - Working with Data Projections 785
Working with Basic and Custom Datums 845
Working with MapInfo Tables 237 Productivity Tools 871
Putting Your Data on the Map 262 Frequently Asked Projection File Questions 875
Selecting and Querying Data 350 Coordinate System Enhancements by Version 876
Working with Data in a DBMS 454
Registering Raster Images 521
Registering SPOT Images 537
Digitizing Maps 542
 Adding a Thematic Map to the Layout Window1107
Adding a Table (Browser) to a Layout 1108
7 - Managing the Look of Your Adding an Image to a Layout 1109
Map Adding Text to the Layout Window 1110
Adding Shapes to a Layout 1112
Mini Toolbar for Map Window 928 Adding Symbols to a Layout 1114
Customize Mini Toolbar for Map Window 929 Adding Empty Frames 1116
Changing a Map's Style 929 Deleting Frames and their Contents 1116
Labeling Your Map 938 Saving Your Layout 1117
Adding an Adornment to Your Map 963 Moving Frames 1118
Creating a Legend for Your Map 967 Resizing Frames 1118
Creating a Legend for Your Raster Overlay 991 Aligning Frames 1119
Enhanced Rendering 993 Adding Frame Borders and Shape Styles 1123
Internet Connectivity and MapInfo Pro 1001 Editing in the Layout Window 1124
Backwards Compatibility 1010 Backwards Compatibility 1124

8 - Creating Thematic Maps 10 - Publishing Maps

About Thematic Mapping 1016 Printing a Layout 1128

Creating a Thematic Map 1022 Printing a Map 1130
Changing the Display Parameters of a Thematic About Printing 1133
Map 1032 Saving to a PDF 1139
Working with Thematic Map Data 1036 Printer Settings 1144
Working with Range of Value Themes 1043 Troubleshooting 1154
Working with Bar Chart Themes 1048 Printing Enhancements by Version 1160
Working with Pie Chart Themes 1051 Saving to a File (Exporting) 1164
Working with Graduated Symbol Themes 1054
Working with Dot Density Themes 1058 11 - Configuring Preferences
Working with Individual Value Themes 1061
Working with Grid Surface Maps 1065
Summary of Preferences 1185
Working with Bivariate Thematic Maps 1073
Setting Your Preferences 1186
Working with 3D and Prism Maps 1080
Setting Your System Preferences 1187
Setting Your Startup Preferences 1192
9 - Preparing Your Map for Workspace Preferences Settings 1196
Define Custom Colors Settings 1197
Publishing Application Preferences Settings 1197
Setting Your Directory Preferences 1199
About Map Layouts 1090 Setting Your Address Matching Preferences 1204
Opening a Layout Window 1090 Setting the Web Services Preferences 1204
Working with the Layout Window 1091 Setting up a Geocoding Server 1212
Layout Templates 1101 Setting up a Routing Server 1214
Adding a Map to a Layout 1102 Setting Your Image Processing Preferences 1215
Adding a Map Legend to a Layout 1106 Setting Your Concurrency Preference 1216

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 6

Setting Your Notification Preferences 1218
Setting Your Map Window Preferences 1219
Setting Your Browser Window Preferences 1228
Setting Your Legend Designer Window
Preferences 1229
Setting Layout Window Preferences 1231
MapBasic Window Preferences Settings 1231
Layer Control Options 1231
Window List Preferences Settings 1233
Task Manager Settings 1233
Setting Your Printer Preferences 1233
Setting Your Output Preferences 1235
Setting Your Language Preferences 1243

12 - Productivity Aids

MapInfo Pro Tools 1245

Keyboard Shortcuts 1299
Working with the MapBasic Window 1309
Running Tasks in the Background 1320

13 - Useful Tables and

Information

MapInfo Map Interchange Format 1323

Data and Settings Management 1355
Manually Creating a MapInfo_MapCatalog 1362
Glossary of Terms 1367

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 7

1 - Welcome to
MapInfo Pro
Thank You for purchasing MapInfo® Pro, the most advanced desktop
mapping application available! This Help System is designed to answer all
of your questions about using MapInfo Pro.
This section explains how to get technical support for your product.

In this section
What's New in MapInfo Pro 9
Enhancements and Updates 15
Getting Support 21
Customer Experience Improvement Program 28
Copyright 29
 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

What's New in MapInfo Pro

Thank you for upgrading to trying out the most advanced computer mapping product in the Pitney
Bowes Inc. software family! As the field of computer mapping continues to expand, Pitney Bowes
Inc. leads the way with new products that are designed to fulfil your computer mapping needs from
the most basic to the most specialized. This is a list of the most important features and enhancements
scheduled to be released with MapInfo Pro 17.0.

Customer Experience Improvement Program

We have created a Customer Experience Improvement Program (the “EIP”) in order to collect
information about how our users and customers use our products, problems they may encounter
while using the products, and features and functions most often used by our customers. This allows
us to provide thoughtful, continuousimprovement to ensure that we offer our customers the best
user experience available.
For details, see Customer Experience Improvement Program

The Welcome Window

The Welcome Window is an informative and functional page that appears when you start MapInfo
Pro. It provides you a quick access to recently used tables and workspaces and the possibility to
open new ones.
For more, see The Welcome Window

New Sample Workspace

A sample workspace containing StreetPro, POI, Parcel and Elevation data for Washington DC area
is now available by default when you install MapInfo Pro to help you start sampling and testing the
Beta.
Other sample datasets will also be available for download in the future.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 9

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

Quick Search Tool

You can use Quick Search to quickly search and execute commands on the MapInfo Pro ribbon.
These commands might be grouped or nested under different tabs, sub-menus or backstage items
but the Quick Search tool displays a list of all relevant commands as you type your query in the
search box.
For more information, see Quick Search Tool

Layout Templates

A Layout Template is as a user defined format that contains a Layout window with required
placeholders for maps/browsers/etc. in a specific arrangement for presentation. You can choose
from a list of pre-built templates provided as part of MapInfo Pro or create and define your own and
automate the filling on contents within it. Layout Templates are made up of empty frames that get
filled in with contents of other windows such as maps or browsers, static content (text, shapes,
images, etc) and dynamic text such as date, path, etc. They are portable and can be used in any
environment in which MapInfo Pro operates and with any MapInfo products.
For details, see Layout Templates

Drivetime Regions Tool

Drivetime Regions is a MapInfo Pro tool that is loaded by default when you install MapInfo Pro. This
tool replaces the older Drivetime Regions (Table) Utility that used an Envinsa 4.0 server. Using this
tool, you can access a Driving Regions server to create time-based and distance-based buffers for
the selected table entries. MapInfo Pro accomplishes this by connecting to:
• Spectrum Spatial Server.
• Pitney Bowes LI APIs.
You can load or unload the Drivetime Regions tool from the Tool Extensions drop-down list under
the Tools group on the HOME tab.
Note: The older Drivetime Regions (Table) utility is visible only when the Drivetime Regions Tool
is not loaded. When loaded, the Drivetime Regions tool takes precedence and replaces the
older version.

How do I access the Drive Regions command?

1. There must be an open table for this command to work.
2. On the SPATIAL tab, in the Create group, on the Regions list, click Drive Regions from the list.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 10

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

Layout Smart Text

Layout Smart Text is an enhancement to text frames in the Layout Designer. Previously you could
only add static text to text frames in the Layout Designer. Smart Text provides the ability to embed
dynamic values that can change based on the context. For example, you may wish to include the
current date or the layout page number as text in a Layout. Smart Text uses MapBasic expressions
to accomplish this.
For details, see Layout Smart Text

MapInfo Data Access Library

The MapInfo Data Access Library (MDAL) is a set of classes and interfaces that allows .NET
developers to create MapInfo Pro Addins that can easily Create, Search, and Update MapInfo Tables
and other supported database formats such as Oracle, SQL Server, GeoPackage. The Library is
based on a subset of the MapInfo MapXtreme™ SDK product, mainly the Data Access functionality.
Currently the MapInfo Data Access Library is only available for use with MapInfo Pro Addins.
• Fully capable Data Access Object Model – Create MapInfo Tables, Insert, Update, Delete, Select,
Join multiple tables, Search using a well thought out API.
• Full MISql Support – Note that there are differences from MapBasic Syntax.
• Complete Geometry Object Model – Supports efficient reading, creation and editing of all MapInfo
Geometry types, including text objects. Also supports conversion to and from Well Known Binary,
Well Known Text and GeoJson formats.
• Full Coordinate System Support.
• Thread-Safe – Can be used to create background tasks in MapInfo Pro or run processing on
secondary threads.
• Supports Most Pro Data formats.
Note: Not all formats are supported. For example, no spatial support for postgis.

• MapInfo Pro style transactions on MapInfo and MapInfo Extended tables - This allows for
background threads to edit tables open in MapInfo Pro and let the end user decide to commit or
revert the changes.
• Documentation – API Reference Guide, User Guide, MISql reference.
For more details, refer to the MapInfo Data Access Library section of the MapInfo Pro Extensibility
Reference Guide.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 11

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

Mini Toolbar for Layout Window

You can use the Mini Toolbar on the Layout window for quick access to often used actions. Tasks
like Select, Pan, Zoom In / Zoom Out, Alignment and many more are directly available on the Layout
window when you right-click inside (above or below the context menu depending on where you click
in the window).
For available options, see Mini Toolbar for Layout Window

Layout and Mapper Mini Toolbar Customization

The Layout and Mapper Mini Toolbars can be customized to suit your needs and work style.
Commands can be added to and removed from the toolbars.
To customize a toolbar:
1. Right-click on the ribbon and choose Customize Quick Access Toolbar to open the Customize
Ribbon dialog box.
This dialog is also available from the Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu, in the upper left
corner of the desktop, by choosing More Commands.
2. Highlight Map Toolbar or Layout Toolbar in the left pane to access the customizable settings.
3. In the left pane, highlight a command and click the Add button.
4. To remove a command from a custom tab or group, click the Remove button.
5. To organize the commands within a tab or group, use as the Up and Down arrows. You can also
reorder any of the tabs, including the standard ones.
6. Click OK to save your changes.
You can also create toolbar customizations for added ease of use. This would allow you to have a
different selection of commands on the toolbar for every customization.
To create a new customization:
1. Customize a toolbar as per your requirement.
2. Enter a Name in the Customization Name text box.
3. Click on the "+" icon above the Customization Name text box to add and save the customization.
4. Use the Save and Delete icons to save updates to or delete a customization.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 12

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

Ribbon Customization

The MapInfo Pro ribbon can be customized to suit your needs and work style. For example, create
custom tabs and custom groups to hold frequently used commands. Re-arrange tabs and groups
to put commands where you want them. Minimize the ribbon to enlarge your work area.
To know how to customize the MapInfo Pro Ribbon, see Customizing the Ribbon

MapInfo MapCAD Update

The MapInfo MapCAD tool is registered but not autoloaded when MapInfo Pro starts up. To load
MapCAD, go to the Tool Extensions on Home Tab, click on Registered tab, then double-click on
MapCAD entry in list of tools to launch.
MapCAD provides tools that work with MapInfo Pro to create maps that are appropriate for land
development and surveying tasks. This update was for continued compatibility with MapInfo Pro
and includes no new functionality.
The MapInfo MapCAD is a tool that installs under a subfolder called MapCAD. You can turn off
MapCAD if you do not want to see these commands. To do this, on the HOME tab, in the Tool
Windows group, click Tool Extensions. On the Running tab, click the arrow beside the name MapCAD
to display an option to unregister this tool.
The manufacturer provides a full help system to assist you in using this product. You can access
this help from MapInfo MapCAD or on MapInfo Pro’s backstage by selecting the PRO tab, clicking
Add Ins, and then clicking Help under MapInfo MapCAD. For support, contact MapInfo MapCAD
incorporated directly. Their web site is: http://www.geoas.de.

Feature Manipulation Engine (FME) Upgraded to Version 2018

MapInfo Pro installs with the Feature Manipulation Engine (FME) 2018, which lets you open data
directly to avoid having to translate it separately and work with copies of the data in .TAB format.
To see what is new in FME 2018, see http://www.safe.com/fme/new.
The FME from within MapInfo Pro opens following Universal Data formats:
• Autodesk AutoCAD (*.DWG, *.DXF)
• Bentley MicroStation Design (V7) (*.FC1, *.DGN, *.POS)
• Bentley MicroStation Design (V8) (*.FC1, *.DGN, *.POS)
• ESRI ArcInfo Export (*.E00)
• ESRI Legacy ArcSDE

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 13

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

• ESRI Geodatabase (File Geodatabase API) (*.GDB)

• ESRI Geodatabase (Personal Geodatabase) (*.MDB)
• ESRI Shapefile (*.SHZ, *.SHP)
• GML (Geography Markup Language) (*.GML, *.GZ, *.XML)
• Google KML (*KML, *KMZ)
• OS MasterMap Database
• OS VectorMap District
• OS VectorMap Local
• Spatial Data Transfer Standard (SDTS) (*.CATD, *.DDF)
• Vector Product Format (VPF) Coverage (*.FT)
Note: MapInfo Pro installs with a subset of FME that supports a limited number of formats. You can install the
complete FME Suite from Safe Software for additional formats, and use it with mapInfo Pro. See Working
with the Note: Suite for details. For the list of formats supported by the FME suit, see:
http://docs.safe.com/fme/html/FME_Desktop_Documentation/FME_ReadersWriters/Format-List-All

For details about these formats, see Feature Manipulation Engine (FME) Format Support.
To access the FME and open universal data directly in MapInfo Pro; on the HOME tab, in the File
group, on the Open list, click Universal Data. For details, see Using Universal Data Directly

New Coordinate Systems and Projections

There are new datums in this version:

• Geocentric Datum of Australia (GDA 2020 Datum) #1028
For a detailed list of enhancements, see Coordinate System Enhancements by Version.
For datum details, see Seven or Eight Parameter Datums..

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 14

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

Enhancements and Updates

Thematics

Individual Value Theme Bins in Layer Control

Individual Value Theme items are now supported in the Layer Control for a thematic layer. Individual
bins visibility can be controlled through the Layer Control. Labels also respect bin visibility.

Graduated Symbol Themes Support in Layer Control

Graduated Symbol Theme items are now supported in the Layer Control for a thematic layer.

Layouts

Improvements to Snap in Layouts

The following are improvements to how snap to grid and guides work in Layout windows.
• We changed the way the grid displays on a layout page. It now draws using dots instead of lines
to visually reduce detail. The grid does not display on your printout or output.
• Snap now happens when dragging items with the mouse. This gives instant visual feedback for
where the item will position after letting go of the mouse. When dragging an item, it's top, left
corner snaps to the closest grid intersection. If any edge of the item being dragged is moved within
a few pixels of a guideline, that edge snaps to the guideline. When you are dragging a selection
of more than one item, the item you are dragging snaps and the remaining items move the
equivalent distance.
• Snap now happens when resizing items using the mouse. As you resize any edge, it snaps to the
closest horizontal or vertical line of the grid, or to the closest guideline if you resize the edge within
a few pixels of the guideline. When resizing a selection of more than one item, the edge of the
item snaps and the remaining items resize by the equivalent amount.
• We've added Smart Guide support to help snap and align items with each other more easily. A
new menu item for Smart Guides has been added to the Alignment menu on the LAYOUT tab.
Smart Guides are turned on by default. When you move or resize an item using the mouse while
Smart Guides are turned on, you can align any edge of the item you are moving to any edge of
other non-selected items on the current page. Smart Guides are not visible, but as you drag or

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 15

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

resize an edge of an item near another item on the page, you will be able to feel it snap when it
aligns with the other item.
• We have fixed the issue when snapping rotated items, so that MapInfo Pro uses the minimum
bounding rectangle (MBR) of the rotating item to snap against.

Layout Alignment
Use Smart Guides and improved snapping to align objects or snap them together quickly. Smart
Guides work by snapping objects on the layout together as they move close together. You can use
smart guides to align the edge of the item you are moving to the edge of other items on the current
layout. This is turned on by default for a new Layout window.
To turn on smart guides for a Layout window:
1. On the LAYOUT tab, in the Edit group, from the Alignment list, select Smart Guides.
When using this option, we recommend disabling Snap To Grid.
2. Select one or more layout frames (frame borders display to indicate your selections) and move
them to their new position. The edges of the frame or item will align with the edges of any other
frames nearby.
Smart guides do not display as you are moving items. Instead, the item automatically aligns (snaps)
to the edge of nearby items as if there is a guide line. Smart guides include the border of an item,
so that items visually align.
While using the left mouse to drag or resize an item, pressing and holding the Alt key temporarily
disables all Snap to Grid and snap to guide behaviour. Releasing the Alt key enables these
behaviours.

Zooming / Panning
• When zooming in/out using the zoom tool or mouse, the zoom operation is now centred on mouse
location.
• Added Fit Layout in Window option in the Layout context menu to quickly zoom out to see the
entire Layout.
• Hold down the middle mouse button to pan around the Layout.

Paper Margins
• Paper Margins now shown on the Layout so that you are aware of non-printable space.
• With Snap to Grid on, you will be able to snap objects to the Paper Margins (coming soon).

Frame Deactivation
• Map and browser frames can now be activated to edit live content directly from within a Layout.
• Deactivation of these frames can be done with either Alt-Click of the mouse or by clicking outside
of the frame on the Layout.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 16

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

• New Preference added to disable frame deactivation clicking somewhere on the Layout

Raster Image Changes

32 BPP Raster Image Support

MapInfo Pro raster image support now includes the ability to load images using 32-bits per pixel
(bpp) and honor per pixel transparency or translucency. This is also referred to as alpha-blending.
This improves the appearance of image layers and maps. It is especially noticeable for WMS and
WMTS servers that produce images with transparent backgrounds. Previously, the image was
converted to 24 bpp on the fly and sometimes this resulted in the transparent pixels being displayed
as black.

Raster Transparency Improvements

The raster transparency support has been extended to automatically detect transparency of an
image background and still allow the user to select one more color to make transparent in the image.
This means that the Adjust Image Styles dialog will no longer disable the transparent color controls
and the user can choose a color to make transparent in the image layer.

New MapBasic Tools

The following MapBasic tools have been ported or added to the 64-bit version of MapInfo Pro:
1. Ring Buffer Tool
2. Quick Search Tool
3. Layout Template Tool

Layout Designer Undo Redo

You can now undo and redo actions in the layout window.
Press Ctrl+Z , or on the HOME tab, in the Clipboard group, click Undo to undo a previous action.
Press Ctrl+Y , or on the HOME tab, in the Clipboard group, click Redo to revert.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 17

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

Create Points Improvement

When a Create Points operation is completed, use the Add to Map option to open the result in a
new map window or add it to an existing map window. This saves time and clicks as compared to
going to Layer control and adding the layer. Available options are:
• Current Mapper - Open the table in the current Map window. This is selected by default.
• New Mapper - Open the table in a new Map window.
• No View - Open the table without viewing it (adds the table to the Table list in the Explorer window).

Data Editing - Reshape

While using the Reshape tool, if you click on something on a different layer or leave the Reshape
mode accidentally and then return to the layer you are editing, Reshape mode persists. The layer
will stay in Reshape mode until you turn it off.

Table Operations

Browsing results after updating columns

When using the Update Column command, the Browse Results check box will remember its setting
for the duration of the session.

Open a table after saving a copy of it

• The Save Copy As dialog box now offers an option to open the table being saved.
• You can choose the Preferred view as well.

New Topmost property for Floating Windows

A floating window can now have a Topmost property in which it stays on top of other floating windows
(and over any non topmost window including other apps). This property is available when floating
in the title bar context menu along with Dockable, Tabbed, Auto Hide etc. This property is available
for the following windows:
• Info (selected by default, would be Topmost when opened)
• MoveMapTo
• Statistics

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 18

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

• Ruler

Shortcut Keys

Snap
• Snap to grid using arrow keys has changed. When using the Up arrow, the top edge of the minimum
bounding rectangle (MBR) for the selection of items snaps to the closest horizontal line of the grid
above the selection. When using the Right arrow, the right edge of the selection MBR snaps to
the closest vertical line of the grid to the right of the selection.
• To temporarily override snap while dragging or resizing items with the mouse, hold down the ALT
key.
• To temporarily override snap while moving items with arrow keys, hold down the CTRL key. The
CTRL moves selected items by one (1) pixel instead of snapping them to the grid.

Info
Press Ctrl + Shift + I to use the Info tool

Map
In a map window, pressing the Esc key changes the currently selected tool to the Select tool.

Changes to the Startup Preferences and Quick Start

All functionalities in the Quick Start dialog are now available in the Welcome Window. So, the Quick
Start dialog has been removed from MapInfo Pro.
As a result of this change, the Startup Preferences dialog has been updated. The checkbox controlling
display of the Quick Start dialog has been replaced with a checkbox to control the display of the
Welcome Window.
Also, if you turn ON the Welcome Window, the MapInfoPro.wor workspace would not be automatically
loaded and the checkbox to turn it ON in Startup preferences is also disabled.

Calculate Statistics Command

A new command Calculate Statistics has been added to the TABLE tab under the Calculate
group. This command allows you to perform statistical calculations for a column in a table or
query/selection These statistics can then be used in other applications.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 19

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

Improvements to Legend Swatches

Multiple changes have been made to improve legends swatches. This includes various types of
swatches (custom symbol, rectangular fills, etc.). Changes also include appearance on-screen, as
well as when printing or exporting.

Custom Symbol Legend Swatches

Many of the raster images that are used as custom symbols (in the CUSTSYMB directory) are now
drawn in a different way that improves the appearance of the images. This is especially noticeable
when an image is drawn at a smaller size than the original image. This should look better on-screen
(in Layout or Legend windows), as well as when printed or exported.

Extra Border around Rectangle Fill Swatches when Printed

Previously, printing a Layout containing Legend swatches for fills and lines frequently resulted in
blurry edge. Now the edges will be crisp.

Wrong Colors In Legend Swatches when Printed

Previously, sometimes the color of the legend sample did not look correct. This was due to smoothing.
Now the smoothing has been turned off so the sample should look crisp and have the correct color
when printed.

Viewing PDF Files containing Legend Frames in Adobe Acrobat

If you print a layout with legend frames, to PDF, you may need to adjust your Acrobat settings. This
is especially relevant when using a custom symbol with Show Background turned on, or a fill swatch.
If you see a thin gray line around the edge of the legend swatch, you may need to turn off Image
Smoothing in Acrobat. To do that, in Acrobat go to Edit > Preferences > Page Display >
Rendering > Smooth Images (uncheck).

Layout Scalebar Unit Customization

You can now customize the units string shown in the layout scalebar. This helps in the case when
you may want to produce a layout and show a unit name with an alternate spelling, such as
"kilometers" vs. "kilometres".
The default unit naming convention has not changed. But if you wish to alter the units string, you
can do so in the Layout Scale properties dialog during creation or you can modify an existing scalebar.
You can either click on the unit name shown below the scalebar sample, or click on the pencil icon
to begin editing.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 20

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

Note: If a scalebar has a customized unit name, the scalebar will not open in older versions of
MapInfo Pro (version 16.0 or earlier).

Getting Support

Ensuring Your Success

Unquestionably, MapInfo Pro can set your organization apart from your competitors; however, it
also requires knowledge of the program's basic functionality.
Here is a four-step process you can use to ensure your own success:
1. Read the documentation.
• MapInfo Pro installs with a set of PDF documents that will help you with all the basic information
that you will need to get started with the software. These PDF documents are located in the
Documentation subfolder of your installation directory.
• MapInfo Pro also has a context-sensitive Help System integrated that contains a comprehensive
set of topics that will help you understand all the features and functionality in the software. You
can access the help system by pressing F1, or by clicking the help button in MapInfo Pro.
See MapInfo Pro Documentation for more details.
2. Get trained
Get the most out of your MapInfo Pro software by getting trained in the product and version of
the software you are using. Pitney Bowes Inc. and its partners provide comprehensive training
courses throughout the world that is customized to meet your particular business needs. You will
learn everything from basic to advanced operations and develop important skills along the way.
See Getting MapInfo Pro Training for more details.
3. Subscribe to the free "The MapInfo Pro Monthly Journal".
Looking for tips, tricks, advice and techniques for using MapInfo Pro? Subscribe to the "The
MapInfo Pro monthly Journal". Each issue includes tips for different levels of users. Regular
features include easy tips, and something a bit more advanced.
This is a free journal delivered via e-mail. Sign up here:
http://web.pb.com/PBS-GB-TheMapInfoProfessionalSubscription
4. Use support along the way.
When you are stopped at a critical point, Technical Support is here to help.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 21

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

See Tech Support for details on contacting your local support center.

MapInfo Pro Documentation

MapInfo Pro documentation, in the form of PDF files, installs with MapInfo Pro in to the Documentation
sub folder (for example, C:\Program Files\MapInfo\Professional\Documentation).
You must have the Adobe Acrobat reader installed to view PDF files. To download a free copy of
the Adobe Acrobat Reader, go to https://get.adobe.com/reader.
Documentation is also available on our website at www.mapinfo.com/miprodocs.

MapInfoProInstallGuide.pdf
MapInfo Pro Install Guide: This document describes the system requirements for installing MapInfo
Pro, and describes how to install MapInfo Pro to your desktop. It also provides more advanced
topics that an IT Specialist or System Administrator would follow for installing MapInfo Pro within
an organization.

ActivatingYourProduct.pdf
MapInfo Pro Licensing and Activation: The first time you start MapInfo Pro you are asked to activate
your product using the serial number and access code you supplied during the installation. This
document describes the activation process for the type of license your organization purchased.

LicenseServerUtility.pdf
License Server User Guide: If you have purchased MapInfo Pro using a concurrent licensing scheme,
you would require a License Server to be installed and maintained to handle requests for product
licenses from other computers on the network. This document is designed to help you install, set
up, and administer the Pitney Bowes License Server.

EasyLoaderUserGuide.pdf
MapInfo EasyLoader User Guide: MapInfo EasyLoader is a utility to upload MapInfo TAB files to a
remote database. You can either start MapInfo EasyLoader from within MapInfo Pro or separately
if you downloaded your MapInfo EasyLoader from the web. This document provides you all the
information that you need to know for using the utility.

MapBasicUserGuide.pdf
MapBasic User Guide: MapBasic Development Environment is a programming language that lets
you customize and automate MapInfo Pro. This document provides the concepts behind MapBasic
programming, and has all the information that you would need to know for using the MapBasic utility
from within MapInfo Pro or separately if you have downloaded your MapInfo MapBasic from the
web.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 22

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

MapBasicReference.pdf
MapBasic Reference: MapBasic Development Environment is a programming language that lets
you customize and automate MapInfo Pro. This document describes every statement and function
in the MapBasic Development Environment programming language.

Getting MapInfo Pro Training

The best way to ensure success with MapInfo Pro software is to make certain that users are trained
in the product and version of the software you are using. Pitney Bowes Inc. and its partners provide
comprehensive training courses throughout the world that is customized to meet your particular
business needs.
Since Pitney Bowes Inc. recognizes that it is not always possible for the designated contact to be
trained immediately, Pitney Bowes Inc. offers a 30-day grace period on this requirement. At the end
of the 30-day grace period, Technical Support reserves the right to withhold support from untrained
designated contacts.
Note: Trained contacts can place an unlimited number of support calls during the time period of a
valid technical support contract.

Pitney Bowes Inc. also manages a YouTube channel where you can find short video tutorials for
using MapInfo Pro: www.youtube.com/mapinfo.

Technical Support

Pitney Bowes Inc. offers a free support period on all new software purchases and upgrades, so you
can be productive from the start. Once the free period ends, Pitney Bowes Inc. offers a broad
selection of extended support services for individual, business, and corporate users.
Technical Support is here to help you, and your call is important. This section lists the information
you need to provide when you call your local support center. It also explains some of the technical
support procedures so that you will know what to expect about the handling and resolution of your
particular issue.
Please remember to include your serial number, partner number or contract number when contacting
Technical Support.

Before You Call

Please have the following information ready when contacting us for assistance:
1. Serial Number. You must have a registered serial number to receive Technical Support. To locate
your serial number, click on PRO tab, and click Licensing to display the Manage Your Licenses
page.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 23

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

2. Your name and organization. The person calling must be the contact person listed on the support
agreement.
3. Version of the product you are calling about. To locate your MapInfo Pro version, click on PRO
tab, and click About.
4. The operating system name and version.
5. A brief explanation of the problem. Some details that can be helpful in this context are:
• Error messages
• Context in which the problem occurs
• Consistency - is the problem reoccurring or occurring erratically?

Contacting Technical Support

Pitney Bowes Inc. provides full technical support for the currently shipping version plus the two
previous versions of MapInfo Pro.
Pitney Bowes Inc. also provides extended support options at each of our technical support centers
in the Americas, Europe/Middle East/Africa, and Asia-Pacific regions. To contact the office nearest
you, go to our website at
http://www.pitneybowes.com/us/support/products/mapinfo-pro-support.html.
To use Technical Support, you must register your product. This can be done very easily during
installation or anytime during normal business hours by contacting Customer Service directly.

Technical Support Online Case Management System

The Technical Support Online Case Management system is another way to log and manage cases
with our Technical Support center. You must register yourself the first time you access this site if
you do not already have a user ID.
http://go.pbinsight.com/online-case-management

Locating the MapInfo Pro Log File (minidump file)

When MapInfo Pro closes unexpectedly, it generates a binary log file that is referred to as a minidump
file. Your Technical Support associate uses this file to investigate and fix the issue that caused the
unexpected closure. Depending on what occurred, you may not need to provide sample data or
access to your data.
MapInfo Pro saves the minidump file in the Windows %temp% folder under a subfolder called
MIPRO. The %temp% folder is set by default to:

C:\Users\<username>\AppData\Local\Temp

To browse directly to this folder location:

1. On the Start menu, click Run to open the Run dialog box.
2. In the Open text box, type %temp%/MIPRO.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 24

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

The minidump file has a date and time stamp in its name in the format yyyy_mm_dd_hh_mn_ss.dmp.
Where:
• yyyy - year
• mm - month
• dd - day
• hh - hour
• mn - minute
• ss: seconds
When reporting an issue to a Technical Support associate, send this file with your report. Depending
on what the issue is, this file will speed up the response time to your issue.

Setting an Environment Variable for the MapInfo Pro Log File

You may be asked to set an environment variable to generate a minidump file that has more
information in it. This helps your Customer Support representative determine why MapInfo Pro
closes unexpectedly and how to fix the issue.
To include more details in the minidump file by setting the MI_FULLDUMP environment variable:
1. On the Start menu, click Control Panel, and type Advanced System Settings in the search box.
Click Advanced System Settings in the results to open the System Properties dialog box.
2. Select the Advanced tab and then click Environment Variables to open the Environment Variable
dialog box.
3. In the User variables group, click New to open the New User Variable dialog box.
4. Set the following:
• In the Variable name field, type MI_FULLDUMP.
• In the Variable value field, type the value 1.

5. Click OK to close the dialog boxes and save the new variable.
If MapInfo Pro is running, then stop and restart it now to apply the new system variable. The minidump
file could be large; a typical size would be between 500 MB and 1 GB. You may need to compress
the file (using a compression tool, such as WinZIP) before sending it to your Technical Support
associate, or you may need to make it available for download.

Locating the License Log File (PBLicense.log file)

You can address licensing issues, such as the loss of licenses, by specifying that error messages
from the License Server are written to a log file. You would use this capability when reporting licensing
issues to your Customer Support Representative, who will assist you with setting the license logging
level. Your Customer Support Representative will read the messages in this log file to assist with
troubleshooting license issues.
To turn on error logging and specify the amount of information saved to a log file, you would set a
License Server environment variable called MI_LOGLEVEL to a value of 1 to 3. Setting a value of

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 25

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

zero (0) disables error logging. By default, the License Server logging level is set to one (1), which
logs error messages for some specific situations and if there is a deletion of invalid licenses.

Logging Level Action

0 Disables logging.

1 Logs short error messages and error codes, and logs if there
is a deletion of invalid licenses. This is the default setting.

2 Logs detailed error messages and error codes, logs if there

is a deletion of invalid licenses, and logs additional
diagnostic messages.

3 Logs everything that level 2 logs with additional information.

This level is only useful for client applications like MapInfo
Pro that use borrowable or distributable licenses.

The License Server writes log entries to a file called PBLicense.log in the Windows %temp% folder
on the machine where the License Server is running. MapInfo Pro creates the same log file to the
same location. The %temp% folder is set by default to:

C:\Users\<username>\AppData\Local\Temp

When reporting a licensing issue to your Pitney Bowes Inc. Technical Support representative, you
will send this log file along with the details of your issue.
If the log file reaches the maximum size limit (of approximately 1MB), then it is renamed to
PBLicenseLog.bak, and the new log entries are written in the new PBLicense.log file.
To set the logging level:
1. On the Start menu, click Control Panel, and type Advanced System Settings in the search box.
Click Advanced System Settings in the results to open the System Properties dialog box.
2. Select the Advanced tab and then click Environment Variables to open the Environment Variable
dialog box.
3. In the User variables group, click New to open the New User Variable dialog box.
4. Set the following:
• In the Variable name field, type MI_LOGLEVEL.
• In the Variable value field, type the logging level (a value of 0 to 3). Setting a value of zero (0)
disables error logging. Setting no value causes the License Server to use a default logging
value of one (1).

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 26

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

5. Click OK to close the dialog boxes and save the new variable.
If the License Server is running, then stop it and restart it to apply the new system variable and start
logging messages. If MapInfo Pro is running, then you must also restart it.

Exporting License Information

The License Server Utility exports all active license information on your server into a text or CSV
(comma separated value) format. If you have licenses for multiple versions of MapInfo Pro, you
need to select the MapInfo Pro version before exporting the license information.
To export the license information:

1. Start the License Server Utility.

2. Choose the MapInfo Pro version in the Product Name list.
3. From the License menu, choose Properties to open the License Properties dialog box.
4. On the License Properties dialog box, click Export to open the Save As dialog box.
5. On the Save As dialog box, specify the file save location in the Save in box.
6. Specify a file name in the File name box.
7. Choose .txt or .csv from the Save as type list.
8. Click Save.
The license information saves to the selected format.

Customer Service - Your Non-Technical Support

To resolve questions about the accounting of your product, contact the Customer Service department.
Keep in mind that this is not a technical support resource. To contact the office nearest you, go to:
http://www.pitneybowes.com/us/location-intelligence/geographic-information-systems/mapinfo-pro.html

Other Available Resources

Here are some other resources available to you when you need assistance in using or learning to
use MapInfo Pro.

MapInfo-L Discussion Group

MapInfo-L (MapInfo List) is an independent discussion group, which Pitney Bowes Inc. monitors to
respond to questions posted to this site. To subscribe to this discussion group, go to:
http://groups.google.com/group/mapinfo-l?hl=en
and click Join this group.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 27

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

Note: Any messages sent to the list can be read by anyone on the list.

MapInfo Tools Website

MapInfo Tools is a web site organized by Barbara Carroll as a repository and free file exchange for
software tools.
www.mapinfotools.com

Tell Us What You Think!

Want to give MapInfo Pro Engineers feedback? We have an option to provide direct product feedback
to Pitney Bowes Inc. If you have a need for a new feature, or you need our product to do something
it does not currently do, use this feature to write to us. Whether you want to complain or complement,
let us know so we can meet your MapInfo Pro needs better.
To send us feedback:
• On the PRO tab, click About, and Suggestions to post your thoughts on our ideas forum.
Our team of Product Managers and Engineers will collect your feedback and consider your request
in a future release of MapInfo Pro. You will be able to track the activity on your suggestions through
different statuses and maintain a list of your ideas or suggestions. Your suggestions will be grouped
with other similar ideas to help us build a list of new features and work-flows for the application. You
may be invited to give your feedback on the scoping and implementation of these suggestions and
participate in surveys that help us narrow down the priority of the features we are working on.
Our goal is to ensure that MapInfo Pro stays on the forefront of your needs and product requirements.
Help us do that important work for you!

Customer Experience Improvement Program

Pitney Bowes Software Inc. (“PBSI”) is pleased to offer our customers and users theopportunity to
participate in the improvement and development of PBSI products. We believe that our customers
are the best source of information on how we can consistently improvethe usability of the products
we offer. We have created a Customer Experience Improvement Program (the “EIP”) in order to
collect information about how our users and customers use our products, problems they may
encounter while using the products, and features and functions most often used by our customers.
This allows us to provide thoughtful, continuousimprovement to ensure that we offer our customers
the best user experience available.
1. Participation. Your participation in the EIP is voluntary. You may elect to not participate in EIP
upon installation of the product, and at any time thereafter. If you choose at any time to end your

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 28

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

participation in the EIP, you can go to the options, settings, or help menu for your product and
change your settings to end your participation. If you received our products under a beta or
evaluation license, your participation in the EIP is automatic. If you choose not to participate in
the EIP, you may cease use of your beta or evaluation product to end your participation.
2. Collected Data. We will collect general information about: (i) our products (such as version
number, serial number (if applicable), the type of license purchased, and whether or not your
product was purchased with a maintenance agreement; (ii) the computer on which our products
are installed (such as machine name, manufacturer, model, clock speed, processors, amount of
memory, operating system, hard drive model/capacity, screen resolution); (iii) product experiences
(such as startup/shutdown/crash details, time spent in various parts of the products, which menu
options/commands are used and their frequency); and (iv) the general location/geography of the
computer. The EIP will not collect information specific to you as the user, such as your name,
address, or telephone number.
3. Collecting Data. The EIP will only collect the general information about the computer on which
our products are installed, and the products themselves. This may include tools, MBX, plugins,
and add-ins (“Add-Ins”). The EIP will only collect data from Add-Ins that are created or provided
by us. The data is collected through web-enabled functionality within the products. The EIP will
not collect data related to other software, applications, files or information that may reside on the
computer, including Add-Ins created by you or third parties that you may elect to install on your
computer.
4. Use of Data. We will only use the data collected through the EIP for internal purposes like the
improvement of our products or services. We may share this data with our partners and providers,
but this data will not be able to be used to identify you. Participation in the EIP will not result in
additional marketing emails, surveys, or other communications.
5. Access to Data. Since there will not be information to connect you as an individual to the data
collected through the EIP, unfortunately we are not able to provide any participant with the ability
to review or remove data once collected by the EIP.
6. Location of Data. This data may be collected, stored, and accessed by us within the United States
or any geography in which we or any of our affiliates or partners operate.
7. Further Information. If you have any questions regarding your participation in the EIP, please
contact us at: [email protected], or at: Pitney Bowes Software Inc.,350 Jordan Road,
Troy, NY, 12180 attn: Technical Support.

Copyright

© April 2018 Pitney Bowes Software Inc.

Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment
on the part of the vendor or its representatives. No part of this document may be reproduced or
transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, without
the written permission of Pitney Bowes Software Inc., One Global View, Troy, New York 12180-8399.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 29

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

© 2018 Pitney Bowes Software Inc. All rights reserved. Pitney Bowes Software Inc. is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Pitney Bowes Inc. Pitney Bowes, the corporate logo, MapInfo, Group 1 Software, and
MapInfo Pro are trademarks of Pitney Bowes Software Inc. All other marks and trademarks are
property of their respective holders.
Contact information for all Pitney Bowes Software Inc. offices is located at:
http://www.pitneybowes.com/us/contact-us.html.
© 2018 OpenStreetMap contributors, CC-BY-SA; see OpenStreetMap
http://www.openstreetmap.org (license available at www.opendatacommons.org/licenses/odbl)
and CC-BY-SA http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.0
libtiff © 1988-1997 Sam Leffler, © 2018 Silicon Graphics International, formerly Silicon Graphics Inc.
All Rights Reserved.
libgeotiff © 2018 Niles D. Ritter.
Amigo, Portions © 1999 Three D Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Halo Image Library © 1993 Media Cybernetics Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Portions thereof LEAD Technologies, Inc. © 1991-2018. All Rights Reserved.
Portions © 1993-2018 Ken Martin, Will Schroeder, Bill Lorensen. All Rights Reserved.
ECW by ERDAS © 1993-2018 Intergraph Corporation, part of Hexagon Geospatial AB and/or its
suppliers. All rights reserved.
Portions © 2018 Intergraph Corporation, part of Hexagon Geospatial AB. All Rights Reserved.
MrSID, MrSID Decompressor and the MrSID logo are trademarks of LizardTech, a Celartem company,
used under license. Portions of this computer program are copyright © 1995-1998 LizardTech, A
Celartem Company, and/or the University of California or are protected by US patent no. 5,710,835
and are used under license. All rights reserved. MrSID is protected under US and international
patent and copyright treaties and foreign patent applications are pending. Unauthorized use or
duplication prohibited.
Contains FME® Objects © 2005-2018 Safe Software Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Amyuni PDF Converter © 2000-2018, AMYUNI Consultants – AMYUNI Technologies Inc. All rights
reserved.
Civic England - Public Sector Symbols Copyright © 2018 West London Alliance. The symbols may
be used free of charge. For more information on these symbols, including how to obtain them for
use in other applications, please visit the West London Alliance Web site at
http://www.westlondonalliance.org
© 2006-2018 TomTom International BV. All Rights Reserved. This material is proprietary and the
subject of copyright protection and other intellectual property rights owned or licensed to TomTom.
The use of this material is subject to the terms of a license agreement. You will be held liable for
any unauthorized copying or disclosure of this material.
Microsoft Bing: All contents of the Bing service are Copyright © 2018 Microsoft Corporation and/or
its suppliers, One Microsoft Way, Redmond, WA 98052, USA. All rights reserved. Microsoft or its

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 30

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

suppliers own the title, copyright, and other intellectual property rights in the Bing service and content.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Live, Windows logo, MSN, MSN logo (butterfly), Bing, and other
Microsoft products and services may also be either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft
in the United States and/or other countries.
This product contains 7-Zip, which is licensed under GNU Lesser General Public License, Version
3, 29 June 2007 with the unRAR restriction. The license can be downloaded from
http://www.7-zip.org/license.txt. The GNU License may be downloaded from
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html. The source code is available from http://www.7-zip.org.
Products named herein may be trademarks of their respective manufacturers and are hereby
recognized. Trademarked names are used editorially, to the benefit of the trademark owner, with
no intent to infringe on the trademark.

OpenSource Attribution Notices

libgpkg 0.9.18
This product contains libgpkg, version number 0.9.18, which is licensed under the Apache License.
The license can be downloaded from http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0. The source
code for this software is available from https://bitbucket.org/luciad/libgpkg.

ColorBrewer 2.0
This product contains ColorBrewer, version number 2.0, which is licensed under the Apache-Style,
version number 2.0. The license can be downloaded from
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0. The source code for this software is available from
http://colorbrewer.org. ColorBrewer includes color specifications and designs developed by Cynthia
Brewer (http://colorbrewer.org).

TinyXML2 3.0.0
This product contains TinyXML2 3.0.0, which is licensed under the zlib license. The license can be
downloaded from http://www.grinninglizard.com/tinyxml2docs/index.html. The source code for
this software is available from http://www.grinninglizard.com/tinyxml2.

QT Assistant 5.2.0
This product contains QT Assistant, version 5.2.0, which is licensed under GNU Lesser General
Public License, Version 2.1, February 1999. The license can be downloaded from:
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl-2.1.txt. The source code for this software is available from
http://qt-project.org/downloads.

ECW JPEG2000 SDK 3.3

This product contains the ECW JPEG2000 SDK 3.3, which is licensed under the ECW JPEG2000
SDK License. The license can be obtained by contacting ERDAS at

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 31

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

http://erdas.com/Homepage.aspx. The source code for this software is available by contacting

ERDAS at http://erdas.com/Homepage.aspx.

FDO 3.8.0
This product contains FDO (Feature Data Objects), which is licensed under the Lesser General
Public License (LGPL), Version 2.1, February 1999, Open Source Geospatial Foundation, All rights
reserved. The license can be downloaded from http://fdo.osgeo.org/lgpl.html. The source code
for this software is available from http://fdo.osgeo.org/content/fdo-380-downloads.

Extended WPF Toolkit 1.6.0

This product contains the Extended WPF Toolkit 1.6.0, which is licensed under Microsoft Public
License. The license can be downloaded from http://wpftoolkit.codeplex.com/license. The source
code for this software is available from http://wpftoolkit.codeplex.com.

GeoTools 2.6.1
This product contains GeoTools 2.6.1, which is licensed under GNU Lesser General Public License,
Version 2.1, February 1999. The license can be downloaded from
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl-2.1.html Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation,
Inc. The source code for this software is available from
http://sourceforge.net/projects/geotools/files/.

GeoTools 2.6.5
This product contains GeoTools 2.6.5, which is licensed under GNU Lesser General Public License,
Version 2.1, February 1999. The license can be downloaded from
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl-2.1.html Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation,
Inc. The source code for this software is available from
http://sourceforge.net/projects/geotools/files/.

LZ4 Compression Library 1.7.1

This product contains LZ4 Compression Library, version number 1.7.1, which is licensed under The
BSD 3-Clause license. The license can be downloaded from
http://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause. The source code for this software is available
from http://github.com/Cyan4973/lz4.

Visualization Toolkit 5.0.1

This product contains the Visualization Toolkit 5.0.1, which is licensed under Visualization Toolkit
(VTK) License, 1993-2008. The license can be downloaded from
http://www.vtk.org/VTK/project/license.html Copyright (C) 1993-2008, Ken Martin, Will Schroeder,
Bill Lorensen, all rights reserved. The source code for this software is available from
http://www.vtk.org.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 32

 Welcome to MapInfo Pro

7-Zip 4.49
This product contains 7-Zip 4.49, which is licensed under GNU Lesser General Public License,
Version 2.1, February 1999, with the unRAR restriction. The license can be downloaded from
http://7-zip.org/license.txt Copyright (C) 1999-2011 Igor Pavlov. The source code for this software
is available from http://www.7-zip.org/download.html.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 33

2 - Getting Started
This section explains how to start working with MapInfo Pro.

In this section
Introduction to MapInfo Pro 35
A Tour of the MapInfo Pro User Interface 42
Using the Help System 111
Data - Where MapInfo Pro Begins 112
Understanding Your Data in MapInfo Pro 130
Using Workspaces 136
Reviewing the Windows in MapInfo Pro 142
Working with Tables in the Tables List 169
Working with Layers in the Explorer Window 175
Working with Raster and Grid Layers 205
Working with Seamless Layers 208
Working with MapInfo Manager Library Services 213
Saving, Closing, and Exporting Your Work 214
 Getting Started

Introduction to MapInfo Pro

MapInfo® Pro is a comprehensive computer mapping tool that enables you to perform complex
geographic analysis such as redistricting, accessing your remote data, dragging and dropping map
objects into your applications, creating thematic maps that emphasize patterns in your data, and
much more.
With MapInfo Pro, the power of computer mapping is at your complete disposal. You can display
your data as points, as thematically shaded regions, as pie or bar charts, as districts, etc. You can
perform geographic operations such as redistricting, combining and splitting objects, and buffering.
You can also make queries against your data and access your remote data directly from MapInfo
Pro.
For example, MapInfo Pro can show which branch store is the closest to your biggest customers.
It can calculate the distances between customers and stores; it can show you the customers who
spent the most last year; it can color-code the store symbols by sales volume. What makes it all
come together is a visual display of your data on the map.

Mapping at a Glance

Huge quantities of information are available today, far more than ever before. Data abounds in
spreadsheets, sales records, and marketing files. Paper and disk store masses of information on
customers, stores, personnel, equipment, and resources. Thematic maps show distribution of
customers for a marketing campaign.

Figure 1: Thematic Map Example

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 35

 Getting Started

Nearly all data has a geographic component. An estimated 85 percent of all databases contain
some sort of geographic information such as street addresses, cities, states, postal codes, or even
telephone numbers with area codes and exchange numbers.
Computer mapping can help you sort through all of this information, and using the geographic
components in your data, display your results on a map. This lets you see patterns and relationships
in the mass of information quickly and easily without having to pore over your database.

Using Your Own Data

To begin with, you can use the data you already have, in the form it is already in—spreadsheets
such as Excel, databases such as Access, popular CAD packages, and other GIS applications, to
name just a few. If your data is on a remote database, you can access it directly from MapInfo Pro.
If you have data that is not already online, you can create database files right inside the product, or
use data supplied by Pitney Bowes Inc., such as census data.
Similarly, you can use any of thousands of maps available from Pitney Bowes Inc., everything from
street and highway maps to world maps. You can also create your own maps, either in MapInfo Pro
or with a drawing package. You can diagram anything - floor plans, flow charts, even brain anatomy
- can be treated as a map and entered into the product.
After you have organized your data visually, you will save the results to files, or send them to any
of the dozens of printers and plotters MapInfo Pro recognizes.
If you have your data on hand and you can read a map, you are just about ready to begin. Soon,
we will show you an example of how easy it is to put MapInfo Pro's power to work for you.
But first, install MapInfo Pro following the instructions in the MapInfo Pro Install Guide. If you are
new to the product, or new to computer mapping, we suggest you refer to this guide for an overview
of basic mapping terms and concepts. Use the web-enabled tutorial to learn about its features, and
become accustomed to the more common tasks and functions.
For more product and service information, you can connect directly from MapInfo Pro to our forum
(on the PRO tab, click Products, and visit the MapInfo.com website), or visit us at
http://www.pitneybowes.com/us/location-intelligence/geographic-information-systems/mapinfo-pro.html.

Reviewing MapInfo Pro Features

MapInfo Pro gives you the processing power of databases (including powerful SQL queries) and
the visual power of maps. It is an essential business tool for data analysis, sales, and presentations.
Here is a look at some of the features MapInfo Pro offers:
• Direct opening of files created with dBASE or FoxBASE, delimited ASCII, comma delimited CSV
files, ESRI shapefiles, Lotus 1-2-3, Microsoft Excel, and Microsoft Access; importing of graphics
files in a variety of formats; a function for creating database files from within the product.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 36

 Getting Started

• Multiple views of your data in Map or Browser windows. Hot Views allow you to open multiple
views of the same data and update them when you change any one view.
• Live ODBC access to remote database data, such to SQL Server.
• Seamless map layers that allow you to handle several map layers as if they were one layer.
• Legend Designer window, enabling you to create and customize legends for any map layer.
• Thematic maps to create analyses of your data with high visual impact, including grid surface
themes, 3DMaps, and Prism maps.
• Use raster underlay capabilities to enhance your work session.
• Querying capabilities ranging from simple data selections from a single file to complex SQL queries
from one or more files.
• Workspaces that save all your settings and views so you can start where you left off.
• HotLinks that let you launch files or URLs directly from a Map window.
• A comprehensive array of drawing and editing tools for customizing your maps.
• Thousands of ready-made maps and functions for creating your own maps.
• A layout window for preparing output.
• Printing and export capabilities for high-quality output
• The ability to change the projection of your map for display or digitizing.
• Object processing functions that help to correct errors in data, set node snap tolerances for different
objects, as well as thin nodes and polygons.
When it is time to run MapInfo Pro, you will feel right at home with its windowing environment. After
you have organized your data visually, you will save the results to files, or send them to your printer
or plotter.
For tips to help you succeed in using MapInfo Pro, see Ensuring Your Success in the MapInfo Pro:
Getting Support Guide.

Getting Started

This section describes that a map is the visual representation of data files where each data file
displays as a layer on the map.
MapInfo Pro helps you analyze your data on a map for activities such as appraisal, conservation,
forecasting, planning, surveying, demarcating, tracking, or managing. You can tailor maps to your
specific uses for analysis.
A map is a visual representation of data that has location. MapInfo Pro displays data on the Earth,
such as country boundaries, but can also display data that is relative to itself, such as a building
floor plan. Seeing data visually on a map gives you the locations of where things are, the relative
importance of things through the use of symbols or colors, and the relationships between locations.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 37

 Getting Started

Figure 2: World map showing relative literacy rates where each color represents a range of
average values.

Data must be in the form of tables. MapInfo Pro displays data tables as layers on a map. Each table
is a single layer and a map may have many layers (tables) on display. For more information about
how MapInfo Pro represents data on a map, see What is a Layer?.
A data table organizes information by rows and columns, so that you can easily visualize and manage
information in a database, such as SQL Server, or in data management software, such as Microsoft
Excel. MapInfo Pro access data tables in a database directly or lets you import data tables to work
with them directly in MapInfo Pro's native .TAB format.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 38

 Getting Started

Figure 3: Map displaying three layers: capitol cities, country boundaries, and ocean layers.
A Query Browser window displays a table with the results of a simple selection.

Data is represented on a map as an object, such as a point to mark a location, a polygon to mark
the boundaries of a region, or a line to mark a route.

Figure 4: A simple map showing store locations as points, circles as sales territories, and
lines as roads and railways.

For more information about:

• Data, see Data - Where MapInfo Pro Begins.
• Map objects, see Map Objects as Part of Layers.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 39

 Getting Started

In MapInfo Pro you begin by opening your table of data and displaying it in a Map window. Each
table you open displays as a separate layer. Before you launch MapInfo Pro, you will need to know
where your data tables are located or you will need to set up access to your remote data source.
For details, see Working with Data in a DBMS in the Help System.
To help you visualize your data and give it context, open a few of the sample data tables that come
with MapInfo Pro, such as country and county boundaries, roadways, or city locations. If you have
not already done so, install the sample data from the MapInfo Pro DVD. For instructions on how to
do this, refer to the MapInfo Pro Install Guide.
You are then ready to launch MapInfo Pro as described under Starting and Leaving MapInfo Pro.
There is a lot of information under A Tour of the MapInfo Pro User Interface that describes how
to work with MapInfo Pro. Review this section and the other sections in this MapInfo Pro: Getting
Started Guide to learn how to work with this product.
For more information about working with data, see the following topics in the Help System:
• Understanding Your Data
• Putting Your Data on the Map
• Working with Data in a DBMS

Starting and Leaving MapInfo Pro

In this section we cover the very basics of starting MapInfo Pro, using the STARTUP.WOR, and
exiting the program. Since opening a table is basic to getting started in using MapInfo Pro, we cover
that topic here, as well.

Starting MapInfo Pro

The Quick Start dialog box opens every time you start MapInfo Pro, so that you can return to the
previous mapping session or start a new mapping session with different data.

To start MapInfo Pro:

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 40

 Getting Started

1. Launch MapInfo Pro by doing one of the following:

• Double-click the MapInfo Pro icon on your desktop.
• On the Start menu, click MapInfo, and MapInfo Pro 17.0.

2. In the Quick Start dialog box, choose how you want to start your mapping session.
• If you are returning to MapInfo Pro, you can return to the previous mapping session by choosing
Restore Previous Session or Open Last Used Workspace.
• If this is your first look at MapInfo Pro, choose Open on the HOME, TABLE, MAP, or LAYOUT
tabs. The Open list displays a variety of resources that you can open in MapInfo Pro.

3. Click on the desired resource. The appropriate dialog box for the resource opens.
Note: The Quick Start dialog box displays every time you start MapInfo Pro, but you can change
this behavior in the Startup preferences. On the PRO tab, click Options, and Startup to open
the Startup Preferences dialog box. Clear the Display the Quick Start Dialog check box.
For details, see Setting the Startup Preferences in the MapInfo Pro Help System.

Exiting MapInfo Pro

To leave MapInfo Pro, on the PRO tab, click Exit. There is no confirmation message.
Note: If you made changes to a table and did not save them a prompt appears asking you if you
want to save the changes. Unless you choose Save, the changes are lost.

Leaving MapInfo Pro using the MAPINFOPRO.WOR Workspace:

The Startup preferences allow you to automatically save your work setup to a workspace when you
exit, and display that setup when you enter MapInfo Pro again.
To set the preference option that allows you to save your setup to the MAPINFOPRO.WOR
workspace:
1. On the PRO tab, click Options, and click Startup to open the Startup Preferences dialog box.
2. Select the Save MAPINFOPRO.WOR when Exiting MapInfo check box.
Note: To also load the workspace at startup, clear the Display Quick Start Dialog check box
and select the Load MAPINFOPRO.WOR when Starting MapInfo check box.

3. Click OK to save these settings.

Using the Tools in the Tools Manager

MapInfo Pro contains tools that simplify mapping tasks, convert MapInfo Pro files to different file
formats and vice versa, automate tasks for working with DBMS tables, and more. The Tools Manager
helps you run and manage these many utilities easily.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 41

 Getting Started

Use the Tool Manger to run, add, edit, or remove tools from MapInfo Pro. You can also configure
a tool to run automatically upon startup. If you performed a Custom installation, you may have
elected to not install the tools. In this case, when you open the Tools Manager, the list box will be
empty (on the HOME tab, in the Tools group, click Tool Extensions).
For a list of available tools and for information about using the tools in MapInfo Pro, see Working
with MapInfo Pro Tools in the MapInfo Pro MapInfo Pro: Productivity Aids Guide.

MapBasic Available Free of Charge on the Web

The MapBasic development environment is a free download. To get your copy, follow the Product
Download link on
http://www.pitneybowes.com/us/location-intelligence/geographic-information-systems/mapinfo-pro.html.
There is also information there about building custom applications and integrating MapInfo Pro into
your application using the MapBasic development environment.
To obtain your free copy of MapBasic and access other resources to enhance your use of MapInfo
Pro, you need to register on the Pitney Bowes Inc. site before accessing this download page.

A Tour of the MapInfo Pro User Interface

Introduction

This section provides an overview of the MapInfo Pro user interface. The application interface
consists of a command ribbon, Quick Access Toolbar and Status Bar. The command ribbon
is located across the top of the desktop where tabs provide access to all MapInfo Pro features and
functionality. The Quick Access Toolbar allows you to place frequently used commands in one
location, either above or below the ribbon. The Status Bar provides information during a MapInfo
Pro session, some of which can be changed on the fly. Like many aspects of MapInfo Pro, these
user interface components can be configured to match your needs and working style.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 42

 Getting Started

Image call-outs:
• 1 - Command Ribbon
• 2 - Quick Access Toolbar
• 3 - Status Bar
The best way to learn the new user interface is to start using it.
If your copy of MapInfo Pro includes introductory data, you may want to install it now, as described
in the MapInfo Pro Install Guide. You can then view the sample data in MapInfo Pro as a map while
getting familiar with the features of this product.
For more information, see Opening MapInfo Pro Introductory Data

The Welcome Window

The Welcome Window is an informative and functional page that appears when you start MapInfo
Pro. It provides you a quick access to recently used tables and workspaces and the possibility to
open new ones. You can also access the base Bing maps (Aerial, Roads and Hybrid) from the
Welcome Window.
The Welcome Window also has links to the Pitney Bowes Li360 Community site. Li360 is a Location
Intelligence and GIS Community that contains useful information and video demonstrations on how
to effectively use MapInfo Pro.
You can also access resources like Technical Support and Documentation along with useful
suggestions on how to use MapInfo Pro optimally right from the Welcome Window.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 43

 Getting Started

About the MapInfo Pro Ribbon

The MapInfo Pro desktop is a collection of tabs, groups and commands that are accessible from a
ribbon layout across the top of the desktop. Each tab contains a number of related groups of features,
while within the groups are the commands and command lists for performing MapInfo Pro's
operations. The following is a brief overview of the tabs and their contents. See the individual topics
for details.
• HOME – This tab includes File and Window groups of commands, as well as Clipboard, Output
and Tools. The Open command list includes commands to open every type of supported resource
from tables and workspaces to Base Maps and database connections.
• TABLE – This tab has groups of commands related to working with tables, such as Selection and
Edit.
• MAP – This tab has commands for creating map content, manipulating, navigating, labeling, and
analyzing map data.
• SPATIAL – This tab has the groups and commands for selecting, editing and creating data,
including geocoding.
• LAYOUT – This tab has commands for creating layouts for output.
• RASTER – This tab has commands for working with MapInfo Advanced. You need a Premium
license to enable all of the commands.
• LEGEND – This tab has commands for working with map legends and the Legend Designer
window. It displays after creating a map legend.
• THEME – This tab has the most commonly used commands and command lists for working with
theme settings and styles.
• STYLE – This tab has commands for changing the display styles for layers. It displays after
highlighting a layer in the Layers or Explorer window.
• LABELS – This tab has commands for working with layer labels. It displays after highlighting a
layer in the Layers or Explorer window.
• GRIDLINES – This tab has commands and command lists for managing the gridlines in a Map
window. It displays after selecting a Gridline layer for a map in the Explorer window.
One additional tab to the left of the others is the PRO tab where you access licensing and help tasks
and product information. One key group on this tab is the Options group where you choose settings
for a wide variety of features. It is organized into System, Window, and Devices subgroups.
For convenience, some of the commands are repeated on more than one tab, such as the Open
command on the HOME and TABLE tabs, and selection commands on the MAP and SPATIAL tabs.
The tabs are also available when a window is floating. For example, a floating Browser window
displays the TABLE tab. A floating Map window displays the TABLE, MAP and SPATIAL tabs.
Several additional tabs appear on the ribbon when certain conditions are met. These include the
STYLE and LABELS tabs when you highlight layers in either the Layers or Explorer windows. For
details, see the STYLE Tab and the LABELS Tab.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 44

 Getting Started

The LEGEND tab is available when a Legend Designer window is active. See About the Legend
Designer Window in the Help System.
The LEGACY tab is visible on the MapInfo Pro ribbon after running a MapBasic tool that includes
ribbon commands. For information on how to run or add MapBasic tools to your MapInfo Pro, see
Working with MapInfo Pro Tools in the MapInfo Pro: Productivity Aids Guide.

Customizing the Ribbon

The MapInfo Pro ribbon can be customized to suit your needs and work style. For example, create
custom tabs and custom groups to hold frequently used commands. Re-arrange tabs and groups
to put commands where you want them. Minimize the ribbon to enlarge your work area.
Commands must be added to a new tab or a new group in an existing tab. They cannot be added
to an existing group.
To customize the ribbon:
1. Right-click on the ribbon and choose Customize Quick Access Toolbar to open the Customize
Ribbon dialog box.
This dialog is also available from the Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu, in the upper left
corner of the desktop, by choosing More Commands.
2. Highlight Customize Ribbon in the left pane to access the customizable settings.
The following instructions describe how to create new custom tabs or groups, add commands, and
organize them on the ribbon.
To add a new tab to the ribbon:
1. On the Customize Ribbon dialog box, click the New Tab button. A New TabX (Custom) displays
in the pane. Rename the tab.
2. Click OK to save your changes.
To add a new group to an existing tab:
1. On the Customize Ribbon dialog box, in the panel under the Customize the Ribbon heading,
highlight a tab and click New Group. The tab will now include a NewBarX (Custom). Click the
Rename button to rename the custom group.
2. Click OK to save your changes.
To customize the command group:
1. On the Customize Ribbon dialog box, from the Choose commands from: drop down list, choose
a command group or choose All Commands (default). The commands list updates based on your
selection.
2. Highlight the tab or group to prepare it for a new command.
Commands are added to custom groups under an existing tab or to a custom tab. They cannot
be added to an existing group.
3. In the left pane, highlight a command and click the Add button.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 45

 Getting Started

4. To remove a command from a custom tab or group, click the Remove button.
5. To organize the commands within a tab or group, use as the Up and Down arrows. You can also
reorder any of the tabs, including the standard ones.
6. Click OK to save your changes.
To reset the ribbon:
1. On the Customize Ribbon dialog box, click the Reset button down arrow and select Reset only
selected Ribbon Tab or Reset all customizations.
2. Click OK to save your changes.
To minimize the ribbon:
1. From the Quick Access Toolbar, choose Minimize Ribbon or click the caret on the lower right
corner of the ribbon.
To return it to view, clear the checkmark next to Minimize Ribbon on the Quick Access Toolbar.

Note: Instead of minimizing the ribbon, consider putting frequently used commands on the Quick
Access Toolbar and moving the toolbar under the ribbon. Choose Show Quick Access
Toolbar Below the Ribbon from the Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu. See Customizing
the Quick Access Toolbar

HOME Tab
The HOME tab contains commands and command lists for accessing files, windows and tools. The
HOME tab is available on the ribbon, unless it is minimized.

File Group
These commands open resources, such as workspaces, tables, programs, base maps, web services
and connections. This group includes commands for closing resources and saving workspaces.

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Open Ctrl+ O The following commands are available from the Open
command list.

Open Workspace (Ctrl+Shift+ O): Open a workspace

Add Workspace (Ctrl+Shift+ A): Adds a workspace to

a current workspace

Table (Ctrl+ O): Opens one or more tables in MapInfo

.TAB format, as well as Microsoft Access and Excel, ESRI
Shapefiles, raster and grid images, SQLite, and
GeoPackage and others.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 46

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Import: Opens the Import File dialog box for accessing

data in MapInfo Interchange Format, AutoCAD and GML.

Universal Data: Opens external data directly without

the need for translation.

Database Table: Opens a connection to a DBMS server.

Program (Ctrl+ U): Run a MapBasic program or tool.

Aerial: Adds an Aerial layer to the current Map window.

Requires a License Key.

Roads: Adds a Roads layer to the current Map window.

Requires a License Key.

Hybrid: Adds a Hybrid layer to the current Map window.

Requires a License Key.

Mapping (WMS): Access layers from a Web Mapping

Server (WMS).

Feature (WFS): Access layers from a Web Feature

Service (WFS).

Mapping (WMTS): Access layers from a Web Mapping

Tile Server (WMTS).

Catalog (CSW): Allows you to locate descriptive

information about spatial and non-spatial data.
Open Connections: Lists any open connections.
Recent Files: Displays a list of the most recently opened
resources, up to 10 items.

Open Table (Ctrl+ O) Opens one or more tables in MapInfo .TAB format, as well
as Microsoft Access and Excel, ESRI Shapefiles, raster and
grid images, SQLite, and GeoPackage and others.

Ctrl+ K
Save Workspace Save Workspace: Saves the current session as a
workspace.

Save Workspace As: Saves the session to a new

workspace.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 47

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Save
Save Table (Ctrl+ S): Save changes made to a table.
Available once there are changes made to a table.

Save Copy As: Saves a table with a new name,

projection or format.

Close
Close DBMS: Closes a DBMS connection. Enabled
when a DBMS connection is open.

Close Table: Closes one or more tables.

Close All: Closes all the tables and the current

workspace.

Clipboard Group
These commands copy and paste selections to the clipboard.

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Copy Ctrl+ C Copies the selection and puts in on the clipboard.

Paste Ctrl+ V Pastes the content of the clipboard. Enabled once you cut
or copy a selection.

Cut Ctrl+ X Cuts the selection and puts in on the clipboard. Enabled
once you make a table selection of an SQL selection.

Undo Ctrl+ Z Undo/redo last operation. Enabled after you make an edit.

Windows Group
This group has drop-down list of new document windows and related tool window commands.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 48

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

The drop-down list is divided in two sections: New Document

New Document
Windows and Window Commands. The following commands
are available under the list.
New Document Windows section:

Map (F3): Displays a table as a map.

Browser (F4): Display and manipulate data in tabular

format.

Legend (Shift+ F3): Creates legend frames for the map

window.

Layout (F5): Arrange/annotate windows for printing.

3D Map (F11): Displays a map in three dimensions.

Enabled when you or one or more tables or activate a map
window containing a grid surface layer.

Prism Map (F10): Creates a prism map using the current

Map window.

Redistricter (Shift+ F4): Display and manipulate a table

in a redistricter.
Window Commands section:

Clone Window (Ctrl+Shift+ C): Makes a copy of the

current document window.

Redraw Window (Ctrl+ D): Redraws the active window.

Hide Status Bar: Shows and hides the Status Bar at the
bottom of the desktop.

The drop-down list is divided in two sections: Tool Windows

Tool Windows
and Explorer Sub-Windows. The following commands are
available under the list.
Tool Windows section:

Info (Ctrl+Shift+ I): Opens the Info window used by the

Info Tool.

Explorer (Ctrl+Shift+ E): Opens the Explorer Window.

This window contains all the open resources - maps, layers,
tables, windows and connections.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 49

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

MapBasic (Ctrl+Shift+ B): Echoes MapBasic commands.

You can also type in commands.

Ruler: Opens the Ruler window.

Message: Opens the Message window.

Tasks (Ctrl+Shift+ K): Shows tasks.

Statistics (Ctrl+Shift+ Z): Shows the Statistics window.

Move To: Allows you to type an address or place to

recenter the map.

Themes (Ctrl+Shift+ G): Shows theme legends for the

current map.

Tool Extensions (Ctrl+Shift+ U): Allows you to configure

the MapBasic tools to run automatically when MapInfo Pro
starts.
Explorer Sub-Windows section:

Windows (Ctrl+Shift+ W): Displays a list of open

windows that you can sort, search, show or hide.

Layers (Ctrl+Shift+ L): Opens the Layers list in a Layer

or Explorer window. Allows you to add and remove layers
and set layer properties.

Connections Shows a list of open connections.

Tables (Ctrl+Shift+ T): Displays a list of open tables.

Recover Windows
Ensures that floating windows are positioned on screen.

Output Group
These commands set and printing window contents.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 50

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Create Creates a PDF of the active document windows

Print Ctrl+ P Prints window contents

Save Image Saves the active window as a bitmap or metafile

Page Setup Sets the page size, orientation and margins.

Tools Group
The Tool Extensions command expands to display a three-tab drop-down where you see which
MapBasic programs are running, registered, or recent. The Options drop-down lets you run a
program, register and get additional tools, and unload tools.

Tab Description

Running A list of running programs.

Registered A list of installed tools and Autoload check boxes for MapInfo Pro to load them automatically
on startup. Click on a tool name to see a description. Buttons display to manage the tool
including load, unload, edit registered tool information, and unregister a tool.

Recent A list of recently used tools.

TABLE Tab
The TABLE tab contains commands and command lists for working with tables. The TABLE tab is
available on the ribbon, unless it is minimized. It is also available at the top of floating Map, Browser
and Layout windows. The Table tab for a Browser window displays two additional groups of
commands (Browser Tools and Sort and Filter).

Contents Group
These commands modify the contents of a Browser window.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 51

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

New Browser F4 Creates a new Browser window where data from a table is
displayed in tabular format.

Open Ctrl+Shift+O Opens a variety of resources for including in your layout,

see File Group.

Save Ctrl+S The commands on the Save Table command list are:

Save Table: Saves changes made to a table.

Save Query Saves a query

Save Copy As: Creates a new table from an existing

table.

Revert Discards edits and uses the last saved table version.

Close Closes one or more tables.

New Table Ctrl+N Creates a new table. Opens the New Table dialog box.

Export Exports the table to another format.

Universal Translator Tool to import and export MapInfo data to and from other
popular mapping formats.

Selection Group
These commands provide advanced object selection options.

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Select Selects one or more map/layout objects or browser rows.

To create a selection query, click on the Launcher button
in the lower right corner of the Selection group to open the
Select dialog box.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 52

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

SQL Select Creates a selection by querying using SQL.

Invert Inverts currently selected map/layout objects or browser

rows. Available when objects or rows are selected.

Clear Ctrl+W Deselects map/layout objects or browser rows.

Find Ctrl+F
Find (Ctrl+Shift+F): Select an item or row and find the
item in all windows.

Find Address: Find an address using a geocoding

server. Places a marker on the map.

Mark (Ctrl+F): Find objects by some criteria and place

a marker on the map.

Edit Group

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Update Column Use to assign values to a column, add a new (temporary)

column using data from another table, move values between
columns and enter graphics information into columns for
descriptive data.

Append Rows To attach the rows of one table to another table. The tables
should have the same set of columns, in the same order.

Add New Row Ctrl+E Adds a new blank row to the bottom of the active Browser
window.

Clear Map Objects Deletes the selected map objects from the table but leaves
the attributes column intact.

Browser Tools Group

The Browser Tools group is enabled when a Browser window is active. It provides access to these
commands.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 53

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Info Displays tabular information about map objects.

HotLink Enabled when the Browser references a table containing hotlink data (URL).

HotLink Options Opens the Hotlink Options dialog box where you can add, remove and manage
the Hotlink properties.

Pick Fields Choose which fields display in the active Browser window. You can also use
Pick Fields to temporarily rename a column, creates a new column that will
display in the Browser window, or edit the expression that defines an existing
column.

Font Opens the Text Style Dialog Box where you select how to display the text in
the Browser window.

Gridlines Show/Hide the Browser grid lines.

Sort and Filter Group

The Sort and Filter group is enabled when a Browser window is active. It provides access to these
commands.

Icon Command Description

Filter
Filter: Opens the Filter dialog box where you can set filter conditions for
the column. A filter may consist of up to two conditions where each condition
is built from a simple set of operations (such as equals, greater than, and so
on) and some set of values. After applying a filter to a column, an icon displays
in the column header to let you know that the column has a filter. You can
apply as many column filters as the number of columns in the table up to a
limit of 100. Each new column filter is appended to the previous filters to
produce fewer records in the current view.

Clear Filter: Clears the filter conditions from the column and refreshes the
Browser window. This only clears the filter on the right-clicked column; filters
and sort on other columns are preserved. The Clear Filter command is enabled
after you apply a filter condition to a column.
The Filter and Clear Filter commands are also available by right-clicking on a
column in the Browser window.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 54

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Sort
Sort Multi-Column: Opens the Sort dialog box where you would make
selections to perform a multi-column sort in the Browser window.

Sort Ascending: Sorts the column containing text alphabetically starting

from A to Z. This is also available by right-clicking on the column.

Sort Descending: Sorts the column containing text alphabetically starting

from Z to A. This is also available by right-clicking on the column.

Clear Sort: Removes the sort that was applied to the data in the Browser
window. This removes the sort from memory, so you cannot reapply the sort
after making this selection.

Clear All Removes all sort and filters that were applied to the data in the Browser
window. This removes the sort and filters from memory, so you cannot reapply
them again after making this selection.

Sort On/Off Turns off a sort, so that you can view data as it appears in the table. After
turning a sort off, you can turn it back on to view the sort result.

Re-Sort Reapplies the last sort/filter to the data in a Browser window. This is useful
after making changes to the data or after turning the sort/filter on.

Add to Map Opens the Create Query dialog box which allows you to add a query with the
current sort and filter conditions as a layer on the map.

Maintenance Group

Icon Command Description

Table
Modify Structure: Change the structure for editable tables, including add,
remove, rename or reorder fields, add and remove indexes).

Advanced Pack: Compress tables to conserve disk space and eliminate

deleted records.

Delete Table: Permanently removes the table and its component files
from the computer.

Rename Table: Renames the table and its component files.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 55

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Database Commands for maintaining remote database tables. There are also
Oracle-specific commands in this group (not shown).

Make DBMS Table Mappable: To make a table that is linked a remote

database mappable.

Change DBMS Table Symbol: To change the symbol attributes for the
objects in a mappable DBMS table.

Unlink DBMS Table: To unlink a table which was downloaded from a

remote database and linked to a MapInfo Pro table.

Refresh DBMS Table: To refresh a MapInfo Pro linked table with the most
recent data residing on the remote database for that linked table.

Create Oracle Workspace: Create a new Oracle workspace.

Delete Oracle Workspace: Delete an Oracle workspace.

Merge Oracle Table: Merge a workspace into its parent workspace,

resolving conflicts.

Refresh Oracle Table: Refresh a workspace from its parent workspace,

resolving conflicts.

Enable Oracle Versioning: Turn versioning on for an existing Oracle table.

Disable Oracle Versioning: Turn versioning off for an existing Oracle table.

Library
Add to Library: Create a metadata record for the table in MapInfo Manager
Library.

View/Edit Metadata: View and edit a metadata record for the table.

Raster
Adjust Image Styles: Adjust raster image color, contrast and brightness.

Modify Image Registration: Add or edit control points used to register a

raster image.

Select Control Point: Add control points to a raster image.

Web Services
WFS Table Properties: Opens the WFS Table Properties dialog box to
edit the settings for a WFS table.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 56

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

WFS Table Refresh (Alt+F5): To refresh the WFS layer based on the WFS
server settings and the filter options set for WFS Refresh in the Web Services
preferences.

WMS Table Properties: Opens the WMS Table Properties dialog box to
edit the settings for a WMS table.

WMTS Table Properties: Opens the WMTS Table Properties dialog box
to edit the settings for a WMTS table, changing display styles, and image
format settings.

MAP Tab
Use the MAP commands when working with maps. It is always available, unless it is minimized.
The MAP tab is also available at the top of floating Map and Layout windows.

Content Group
These commands modify the contents of the active map.

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Map F3 Displays a table as a map.

Open Ctrl+Shift+O Opens a variety of resources for including in your layout,

see File Group.

Add Theme F9 Creates a theme that graphically displays information about

the map's underlying data.

Add to Map
Legend (Shift+F3): Adds a legend to the layout.

Gridlines: Creates a new grid layer on the active Map

window, see Adding Grid Lines to a Map and Changing
Grid Line Properties.

Scalebar: Adds a scale bar to the map.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 57

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Cosmetic
Clear Cosmetic Layer: Clears all objects from the
cosmetic layer. Enables when there are cosmetic objects
on the active map.

Save Cosmetic Objects: Save objects in the cosmetic

layer to a table. Enables when there are cosmetic objects
on the active map.

Selection Group
These commands provide methods for selecting objects.

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Select
Select: Selects one or more map/layout objects or
browser rows.

Radius Selection: Selects map objects within a circle.

Marquee Selection: Selects map objects within a

rectangle.

Polygon Selection: Selects map objects within a

polygon.

Boundary Selection: Selects map objects within an area

defined by a boundary in another layer (for example, cities
within a county).

Select by Style: Select objects by style. (MapCAD)

SQL Select Creates a selection by querying using SQL.

Invert Inverts currently selected map/layout objects or browser

rows. Available when objects or rows are selected.

Clear Ctrl+W Deselects map/layout objects or browser rows

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 58

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Find
Find (Ctrl+Shift+F): Select an item or row and find the
item in all windows.

Find Address: Find an address using a geocoding

server. Places a marker on the map.

Mark (Ctrl+F): Find objects by some criteria and place

a marker on the map.

MapCAD is a tool that plugs in to MapInfo Pro on startup. Some commands on the SPATIAL ribbon
are from MapCAD. To read more about how to use MapCAD commands, see the MapCAD Help:
On the PROtab, select Add Ins, and then under the section titled MapCAD, click Help.

Create Group
These commands create objects on the map.
Insert

Icon Command Description

Point Inserts a marker or pin on to the map.

Text Inserts text on the map.

Line Creates a straight line on the map.

Polyline Creates a polyline on the map.

Arc Creates an arc on the map.

Polygon Creates a region (polygon) shape on the map.

Ellipse Creates an ellipse (circle) on the map.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 59

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Rectangle Creates a rectangle shape on the map.

Rounded Rectangle Creates a rectangle shape that has rounded corners on the map.

Style

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Point Style Alt+F8 Modifies symbol size, color and type.

Line Style Shift+F8 Modifies line color, pattern and width.

Region Style Ctrl+F8 Modifies the color, pattern and outline of closed objects.

Text Style F8 Modifies text color, font and size.

Navigate Group
These commands change the map display.

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Pan Recenter the map by grabbing and moving in a direction.

Zoom In Zooms in on map at cursor location.

Zoom Out Zooms out on map at cursor location.

Previous View Alt+Left Return to a map's last view.

Move To Allows you to type an address or place to recenter the map.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 60

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Zoom To
Entire Selection Layer: Views the entire extents of the
layer that has the current selection.

Extents of Selected Objects: Zooms to the extents of

the selected objects on the map.

Entire Layer: Zooms to display an individual or all map

layers.

Entire Map: Zooms to display the extents of the map.

Nearest Tile Server Level: Changes the zoom to the

nearest tile server level.

Label Group
These commands manage the map labels.

Icon Command Description

Label Tool Adds a custom label to the map at the cursor location.

Text Objects
Text from Table: Create text objects from a table. (MapCAD)

Update Column with Text Object: Write the content of text objects that
are placed within polygons/regions or on top of lines/polylines into a column
of the table. (MapCAD)

Selectable Controls whether labels can be selected or not.

Clear Custom Discards all custom labels and revert to defaults

Priority Change the priority of labels from different layers. Two or more layers which
can be labelled must be open to activate it.

MapCAD is a tool that plugs in to MapInfo Pro on startup. Some commands on the SPATIAL ribbon
are from MapCAD. To read more about how to use MapCAD commands, see the MapCAD Help:
On the PROtab, select Add Ins, and then under the section titled MapCAD, click Help.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 61

 Getting Started

Options Group
These commands provide additional choices for displaying the map.

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Map Tools
Ruler: Opens the Ruler window.

Info: Displays tabular information about map objects.

Statistics (Ctrl+Shift+Z): Displays or hides the Statistics

window.

Hotlink: Launch a file or URL associated with a Browser

field or labels/objects in a map.

Explorer (Ctrl+Shift+E): Opens the workspace Explorer

window. All open resources are displayed: maps, layers,
windows, browsers, layouts, legends, tools, connections.

Redraw (Ctrl+Shift+D): A toggle to suspend/enable map

drawing.

Redistricter
New Redistricter Window:(Shift+F4) Allows you to
display and manipulate a table in a district browser.

Set Target: Sets the selected object's district as the

target district.

Assign District: Permanently assigns selected objects

to the target district.

Add District: Adds a new district to the Districts Browser.

Delete District: Deletes the current target district from

the Districts Browser.

Options: Sets the district order and grid pattern display.

Map Options Changes the settings for the map.

Hotlink Options Specifies the Hotlink options.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 62

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Drag Map Drag the map to another Map or Layout window.

Lock Scale Locks the scale, so that only zoom and center changes are
allowed. When on, resizing the Map Window does not
change the scale of the content. When off, resizing the Map
Window resizes the map content, so that everything remains
in view.

SPATIAL Tab
The SPATIAL tab contains commands and command lists for working with tables. It is always
available, unless it is minimized. The SPATIAL tab is also available at the top of floating Map and
Layout windows.

Clipboard Group
These commands copy and paste selections to the clipboard.

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Copy Ctrl+ C Copies the selection and puts in on the clipboard.

Paste Ctrl+ V Pastes the content of the clipboard. Enabled once you cut
or copy a selection.

Cut Ctrl+ X Cuts the selection and puts in on the clipboard. Enabled
once you make a table selection of an SQL selection.

Undo Ctrl+ Z Undo/redo last operation. Enabled after you make an edit.

Selection Group
These commands provide methods for selecting objects.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 63

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Select
Select: Selects one or more map/layout objects or
browser rows.

Radius Selection: Selects map objects within a circle.

Marquee Selection: Selects map objects within a

rectangle.

Polygon Selection: Selects map objects within a

polygon.

Boundary Selection: Selects map objects within an area

defined by a boundary in another layer (for example, cities
within a county).

Select by Style: Select objects by style. (MapCAD)

SQL Select Creates a selection by querying using SQL.

Invert Inverts currently selected map/layout objects or browser

rows. Available when objects or rows are selected.

Clear Ctrl+W Deselects map/layout objects or browser rows

Find
Find (Ctrl+Shift+F): Select an item or row and find the
item in all windows.

Find Address: Find an address using a geocoding

server. Places a marker on the map.

Mark (Ctrl+F): Find objects by some criteria and place

a marker on the map.

Edit Group
These commands edit objects on the map.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 64

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Set Target Ctrl+T Sets a map object as the target for editing.

Clear Target Ctrl+Delete Clears the target selection.

Erase
Erase Target: Removes a portion of a map object using
the currently selected object as the eraser.

Erase Outside Target: The portion of the target that is

not overlapped by the erasing object is removed.

Combine
Combine Selected Objects: Combines separate map
objects into a single object.

Combine Using Column: Combines objects by using

common column data.

Split Breaks target map object using selected cutter object.

Split Target: Separates target object using a cutter

object.

Split Target Using Polyline: Separates target object

using one single section polyline cutter object.

Polyline Split at Node: Separates single section polyline

object at a node.

Split Region Using Polyline: Split a region or polygon

object using a line or polyline. (MapCAD)

Disaggregate Separates objects and their data into their component parts
(polygons, polylines, and multi-points).

Buffer
Buffer Objects: Creates a buffer polygon around a
selected object or objects.

Buffer Table: Buffers objects in table.

Convex Hull: Creates a polygon representing a convex

hull around a selected points.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 65

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Modify
Line Intersection: Trim two lines or polylines at their
intersection point. (MapCAD)

Fillet/Chamfer): Creates an polyline (fillet) or a line

(chamfer) between two line segments corresponding their
intersection point. (MapCAD)

Reverse Line Direction): Reverse the line direction.

(MapCAD)

Undershoot/Overshoot): Modifies start and end nodes

from linear objects close to a reference object. Only the start
or end nodes are moved. (MapCAD)

Spline): Creates splines for existing polyline or region

objects. (MapCAD)

Scale): Scales an object relative to its anchor point.

(MapCAD)

Snap to Line): Aligns objects to clean overshoots and

undershoots. (MapCAD)

Nodes S key
Snap to Nodes: In Snap mode (S key) the cursor snaps
to a node of a map object when it comes within a certain
distance.

Segmenting: Adds nodes to a line segment with fixed

distance using a defined number of segments. (MapCAD)

Reshape (Ctrl+R): Edit regions, polylines, lines, and

points by moving, adding, and deleting nodes that define
line segments.

Move Duplicate Nodes: Move identical nodes in different

layers at the same time. All Layers that contain objects
whose nodes you want to move have to be selectable.
(MapCAD)

Add Node (Ctrl+Shift+N): Add a node to a region,

polyline or line.

Overlay Nodes onto Target: Adds nodes to the target

objects at all points where the target objects intersect the
selected objects.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 66

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Fix/Clean
Check Regions: Check regions for self-intersections,
overlaps and gaps.

Clean Objects: Automatically detects and corrects

self-intersections, overlaps and gaps.

Snap/Thin: Snaps nodes from different objects that are

close and thin the number of nodes while retaining the
general shape.

Smooth Lines: Smooths selected polyline into a curve.

Unsmooth Lines: Returns selected polyline to its original

state.

Transform
Offset Object: Moves the selected object by specifying
a distance and direction.

Rotate Object: Rotates object by a specified angle.

Rotate Object (MapCAD): Rotate objects using angle

or degree and clockwise orientation of left or right.
(MapCAD)

Move Along: Selected objects can be moved using a

free angle and distance. (MapCAD)

Mirror Horizontally: Uses the centroid of the whole

selection as the center point for mirroring objects. (MapCAD)

Mirror Vertically: Uses the centroid of the whole

selection as the center point for mirroring objects. (MapCAD)

Align Horizontally: Aligns objects horizontally: objects

are centered and evenly distributed one on top of another.
(MapCAD)

Align Vertically: Aligns objects vertically: objects are

centered and evenly distributed beside each other.
(MapCAD)

Convert to Polylines
Convert to Polylines: Changes each selected object
into a polyline object.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 67

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Convert Polyline to Line: Changes a single polyline to

a line. (MapCAD

Calculate
Calculate Angle: Returns the value of the angle between
two straight lines segments. (MapCAD

Calculate Direction: Returns the angle between the

horizontal axis and a line segment. (MapCAD

Clip Region
Set Clip Region: Defines a region to be clipped.

Clip Region On/Off: Turn map clipping on or off.

Digitizer Setup Setup for digitizer hardware.

Clear Map Objects Deletes selected map objects from the table, but keeps the
attribute columns in tact.

Create Group
These commands create objects on the map.
Insert

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Point Inserts a marker or pin on to the map.

Text Inserts text on the map.

Cell Inserts a new cell on the map. (MapCAD)

Orthogonal Points Creates a point that is at right angles to a reference line.

(MapCAD)

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 68

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Line Creates a straight line on the map.

Polyline Creates a polyline on the map.

Arc Creates an arc on the map.

Right Angle Creates a line along an approximate direction that is at 90

degrees to an object. (MapCAD)

Perpendicular Line Creates a line that is perpendicular to a segment of an

object. (MapCAD)

Arc from 3 Points Creates an arc from three points. (MapCAD)

Line Polar Append Creates a line using distance and angle. (MapCAD)

Traverse Line Creates a polyline from the distance and angle of each node.
(MapCAD)

Polygon Creates a region (polygon) shape on the map.

Orthogonal Polygon Creates a polygon with a right angle between the first and
last line segment. (MapCAD)

Ellipse Creates an ellipse (circle) on the map.

Circle from 3 Points Creates a circle on the map from three points. (MapCAD)

Rectangle Creates a rectangle shape on the map.

Rounded Rectangle Creates a rectangle shape that has rounded corners on the
map.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 69

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Rotated Rectangle Creates a rotated rectangle using specific width and height.
(MapCAD)

Style

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Point Style Alt+F8 Modifies symbol size, color and type.

Line Style Shift+F8 Modifies line color, pattern and width.

Region Style Ctrl+F8 Modifies the color, pattern and outline of closed objects.

Text Style F8 Modifies text color, font and size.

Cell Style Specify the current cell and manage the cell library.
(MapCAD)

Regions

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Convert to Regions Changes each selected objects into a region object.

Convert to Rectangle Change the selected object to a rectangle. (MapCAD)

Enclose (Polylines to Creates regions from polygonal areas enclosed by polylines.

Regions)

Drive Regions (Objects) Creates time or distance buffers around objects.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 70

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Drive Regions (Table) Creates time or distance buffers for a table.

Voronoi (Objects) Partitions the map space into cells from a designated set of
points. Each cell is an area in which the contained points
are closer to the enclosed site than to any others.

Voronoi (Table) Partitions the map space into cells based on a point layer
from a table, selection or query. Each cell is an area in which
the contained points are closer to the enclosed site than to
any others.

Dimension

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Dimension Line Creates a dimension line in a separate layer. (MapCAD)

Continuous Dimension Line Generates measurement lines with cumulated distance and
distance to objects. (MapCAD)

Intersecting Arcs Calculates the

intersection of
two arcs using
center point and
radius.
(MapCAD)

Create

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Create Points Creates point objects for a database table using X and Y
coordinates.

Line from Table Create line objects from a table. (MapCAD)

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 71

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Polyline from Table Create polyline objects from a table. For details, see the
MapCAD Help. (MapCAD)

Circle from Table Create circle objects from a table. For details, see the
MapCAD Help. (MapCAD)

Geocode

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Geocode Points Geocodes records using MapInfo Pro's built-in geocoder.

Geocode using Server Geocode records using a geocoding server.

MapCAD is a tool that plugs in to MapInfo Pro on startup. Some commands on the SPATIAL ribbon
are from MapCAD. To read more about how to use MapCAD commands, see the MapCAD Help:
On the PROtab, select Add Ins, and then under the section titled MapCAD, click Help.

LAYOUT Tab
The LAYOUT tab contains commands and command lists for working with layouts. It is always
available, unless it is minimized. The tab is also available in the Layout window when the window
is floating.

Page Group
These commands create and set the page properties for a layout.

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

New Layout F5 Adds a new Layout window to the desktop.

Page Setup Opens the Page Setup dialog box, where you can set the
paper size, orientation (portrait or landscape), and margins
for your layout.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 72

 Getting Started

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Output
Print Prints window contents.

Create Creates a PDF of the active document windows.

Save Saves the active window as a bitmap or metafile.

Clipboard Group
These commands copy and paste selections to the clipboard.

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Copy Ctrl+ C Copies the selection and puts in on the clipboard.

Paste Ctrl+ V Pastes the content of the clipboard. Enabled once you cut
or copy a selection.

Cut Ctrl+ X Cuts the selection and puts in on the clipboard. Enabled
once you make a table selection of an SQL selection.

Undo Ctrl+ Z Undo/redo last operation. Enabled after you make an edit.

Redo Ctrl+ Y Reapply a layout edit that was undone.

Insert Group
These commands add the contents to the layout.

Icon Command Description

Map Select to add a map into a new frame or into the selected frame on the
layout. Either, copy an existing Map window into the Layout, or create a
new map.

Legend Select to add a legend to the layout. This option is active when there is a
map on the layout.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 73

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Browser Select to add a Browser into a new frame or into the selected frame on the
layout. Either, copy an existing Browser window into the Layout, or create
a new browser.

Text Select and then click in the Layout window where you want to add text to
your layout.

Image Select to add an image to the layout.

Scalebar Select to add a scalebar to the layout.

Insert Lists a variety of object commands to include in your layout: Symbol,

ScaleBar, Line, Polyine, Ellipse, Rectangle, Rounded (rectangle), and
Polygon. The last selected object is active.

Frames The Frames list contains the following commands:

New Frame

Remove Content

Remove (frame)

Style Group
These commands control the text, region, line, symbol, and frame display styles.

Icon Command Description

Font Family Change the font family. Available when a text box is activated on the layout.

Font Size Change the font size. Available when a text box is activated on the layout.

Increase Font Size Change the font size incrementally larger when a text box is activated on the
layout.

Decrease Font Size Change the font size incrementally smaller when a text box is activated on
the layout.

Bold Applies a stronger appearance to label text.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 74

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Italic Slopes label text to the right.

Underline Adds an underline to label text.

All Capitols Displays label text in all capitols (TEXT).

Expanded Adds space between the characters of label text (t e x t).

Font Color Select a color to apply to label text.

Halo Adds a luminous outline around label text.

Highlight Sets a color to use behind labels to make them more legible on the map.

Background Color Selects the background color to use with Halo and Highlight effects.

Left Align Text Left-justify selected text.

Center Text Center selected text.

Right Align Text Right-justify selected text.

Line Spacing Increase or decrease the spacing between lines of selected text.

Rotate Frame Rotate the selected frame by entering or selecting an angle value.

Modify Frame Style Change how a layout frame displays.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 75

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Style The Style command list contains the following commands. The last selected
style is active.

Region: Modify the style of a region object. Activate or open a Layout

window and select a region object to modify.

Line: Modify the style of a line object. Activate or open a Layout window
and select a line object to modify.

Frame: Modify the frame style.

Symbol Modify the style of a symbol. Activate or open a Layout window

and select a symbol to modify.

Edit Group
These commands help you design the layout.

Icon Command Description

Reorder The Reorder command list contains two commands:

Bring to Front moves the frame to the front, so that it is on top of all of the
other frames.

Send to Back moves the frame to the back, so that it is behind all of the
other frames.

Alignment The Alignment command list contains the following commands:

• Guides:
Add Vertical Guideline adds a guideline to the Layout canvas for aligning
frames along their left or right sides.
Add Horizontal Guideline adds a guideline to the Layout canvas to align
the tops or bottoms of frames.
Disable/Enable Guidelines shows or hides Layout window guidelines.
Remove All Guidelines removes the guidelines from the Layout window.
Smart Guides aligns the edge of the item you are moving to the edge of
other items on the current layout. This is turned on by default for a new
Layout window. When using this option, disable Snap To Grid.

• Grid:
Show Grid Shows or hides the layout grid.
Snap To Grid Enable so that when you move a frame near a guideline or a
grid line it aligns and attaches (snaps) to the line.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 76

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Grid Size Resizes the grid by a percentage value. Select this to choose a
value.

• Align Objects:

Align Left Snap left edge of selected objects to the nearest guideline.
Enables after selecting an object in a layout with a vertical guideline.

Align Center Arrange selected objects along their mid points vertically
(up and down).

Align Right Snap right edge of selected objects to the nearest guideline.
Enables after selecting an object in a layout with a vertical guideline.

Align Top Snap top edge of selected objects to the nearest guideline.
Enables after selecting an object in a layout with a horizontal guideline.

Align Middle Arrange selected objects along their mid points horizontally
(left and right).

Align Bottom Snap bottom edge of selected objects to the nearest

guideline. Enables after selecting an object in a layout with a horizontal
guideline.

Select Selects objects on the layout canvas.

Tools Selects objects on the layout canvas.

Pan Select and then click on and drag across the layout to re-center the
map to a new location (this changes what you see in the map view). To get
out of zoom mode, click the Select tool.

Zoom In Select and then click on the layout to zoom in by two times (2x)
the current zoom level (this shows more details in a smaller area). Click and
drag across the layout to create a marquee rectangle that becomes the new
view and zoom level. To get out of zoom mode, click the Select tool.

Zoom Out Select and then click on the layout to zoom out by two times
(2x) the current zoom level (this shows a larger area). Click and drag across
the layout to create a marquee rectangle that more of the map displays around.
To get out of zoom mode, click the Select tool.

RASTER Tab
Use the RASTER commands when working with raster files, which contain grid-based spatial
information. The tab is also available in the Raster window when the window is floating. For a

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 77

 Getting Started

description of these commands, which are part of the MapInfo Pro Advanced raster extension, click
the Help button on the RASTER tab.
After opening a raster file, such as a MRR, ERS, ASC, GRD, or GRC file, use the RASTER commands
to apply processing, analysis, and creation operations to the raster data.
By default, all MapInfo Pro users have access to a subset of commands on the RASTER tab. To
enable all of the commands on the RASTER tab, you must have a Advanced license. For a free
trial of all of the raster features, on the Pro tab, click Licensing and then click Begin 30 Day Trial in
the Advanced Version section. To purchase an Advanced license, contact your MapInfo Pro sales
representative.

File Group
This group of commands manage raster files in MapInfo Pro.

Icon Command Description

Open Clicking Open displays the dialog from your last selection.

Open Table displays the Open dialog where you can select a data
file to work with in MapInfo Pro. From the Preferred View list, select to
open the file in a Browser window, the current Map window as a layer
on the map, a new Map window, or to make it available on the Explorer
panel.

Open Workspace displays the Open Workspace dialog where

you can select a workspace file to use in MapInfo Pro.

Copy Raster Copy a raster file, and its associated files, to a directory location.

Delete Raster Delete a raster file, and its associated files.

Rename Change a raster file name.

Properties Group
These commands provide information about a raster.

Icon Command Description

Raster Info Opens the Raster Info window, which displays information about the
raster dataset.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 78

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Statistics Opens the Statistics window, which displays information about the
raster dataset. By default, the Input File field is populated with the
current raster file on display. Click Calculate Statistics in this window
to generate information about the raster.

Cell Value Queries and returns cell values from selected locations in a raster.
Full shows information about a selected location in the Cell Value
window.
Status Bar shows information about a selected location on the MapInfo
Pro status bar, located at the bottom of the MapInfo Pro window.

Temporal Analysis Temporal data analysis using events.

Interpolate Group
These commands let you select interpolation methods for creating continuous raster surfaces from
point data. You must have an Advanced license to enable these commands.

Icon Command Description

Create Raster Creates a raster data set from vector data.

Create Raster Multifile Creates a raster data set from multiple vector data files. Select from
various interpolation methods to create continuous raster surfaces
from the point data.

Display Group
The following commands are active when you have a raster overlay on the map. These commands
are also available on the STYLE tab.

Icon Command Description

Field Displays all the fields that are present in the active raster. To render
different fields, select the field name from the drop-down list. There
must be two or more fields to activate this command.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 79

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Display Mode Select to render the file in either Pseudo, RGB, or Classified mode.
You can render continuous and imagery file in either Pseudo or RGB
display mode.

Band to Display Displays all the bands for the selected field in the current raster, such
as red, green, and blue. When in Pseudo display mode, select a
specific band from the drop-down list to render it on the current map.
When in RGB display mode, map different bands in the current raster
to the RGB channel to then render it on the current map. This is useful
for Landsat data.

Color Opens a dialog to select the color to apply to the raster. The raster
must be open in Pseudo mode to activate this command.

Color Stretch Opens the Color Stretch dialog, which has options to enhance the
display of a raster grid by changing the grid's appearance through data
stretches.

Advanced Color Opens a Color dialog to enhance all aspects of the appearance of the
raster by changing its coloring, data stretches, and bandpass cutoffs.

Hill Shade Opens a dialog of effects to mimic the sun's illumination, intensity, and
shadows across variations in elevation within the map landscape (the
raster surface). The raster must be open in Pseudo mode to activate
this command.

Raster Quality Improve the appearance of continuous raster surfaces using an

interpolation technique when viewed at high resolution: None (this is
the default), Nearest Neighbor, Bilinear, Cubic Spline (Local), or Cubic
Spline (Global).

Favorite Template Manage and apply custom templates. Selecting Manage Templates
opens the Custom Templates window where you can create and edit
your raster templates.
You must have an Advanced license to enable this command.

Operations Group
Raster Operations Command
These commands process and analyze a raster overlay. A message dialog displays when a command
requires an Advanced license to use it.
Processing

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 80

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Convert Changes a raster to an MRR and other defined raster formats.

Clip Cuts a raster to a rectangle object, a selected region object, or a table

of region objects.

Combine Arranges different input rasters into a single MRR file as individual
fields or as multiple bands in a single field.

Resample Creates a new version of the raster dataset wit a different height or
width.

Merge Combine multiple adjacent or overlapping rasters into a single output

raster.

Reproject Changes the projection of a raster dataset from one projection system
to another.

Rasterize Converts a vector file to a classified or numeric raster file.

Analysis

Icon Command Description

Point Inspection Extracts all cell values from one or more input rasters at point locations
and adds these as attributes of the points.

Calculator Performs mathematical and logical operations on each cell in one or

more input rasters.

Classify Reassigns a value, range of values, or a list of values in a raster to

new output values.

Surface Calculates slope, aspect, and curvature from a continuous raster.

Region Statistics Extracts aggregated statistics from a raster within region objects and
add these as attributes.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 81

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Contour Creates vector contour lines, polygons from a continuous, or polygons

from a classified raster.

Cross Section Extracts the cell values of a raster along a line or polyline.

Filter Applies an enhancement or smoothing filer to a raster using a filter

kernel.

Line Statistics Extracts cell values as attributes from a raster along polyline or line
objects.

Viewshed Identifies locations on a raster that are visually connected to a single

or multiple observer location.

Line of Sight Checks the visibility from a source point to a destination point.

Volume Computes the volume of a raster against the constant plane or between
two rasters.

Utilities

Icon Command Description

Export Exports a raster to an ASCII format file.

Import ASCII Imports an ASCII format raster to a continuous binary raster.

Draw Profile Command

These commands provide information along a line between two points on the raster overlay. You
must have an Advanced license to enable these commands.

Icon Command Description

Interactive Cross Section Process the cell values of a raster by drawing a line or polyline on the
map.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 82

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Interactive Line of Sight Check the visibility from a source point to a destination point.

LEGEND Tab
The LEGEND tab contains commands and command lists for working with map legends and the
Legend Designer window. It is available after creating a map legend by selecting Add Legend on
the MAP tab.
For information about the Legend Designer window, see About the Legend Designer Window in the
Help System.
The LEGEND tab contains commands and command lists for working with map legends and the
Legend Designer window. It is available after creating a map legend by selecting Add Legend on
the MAP tab.

Content Group
These commands modify the contents of the active legend.

Icon Command Keyboard Description

Shortcut

Refresh The Refresh list contains the following commands:

Quick Refresh refreshes the legend styles and positions

in the active Legend Designer window.

Refresh opens the Refresh Legend dialog to select

what to refresh in the active Legend Designer window.

Modify Theme Modifies a thematic layer. This command activates when

selecting thematic frame in a Legend window.

Modify Legend Modifies legend properties, such as font size, row visibility,
and row order. This command activates when selecting a
frame in a Legend window.

Add Legend Shift+F3 Creates legend frames for the active Map window.

Alignment Group
These commands help you to design the layout of the legend.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 83

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Guide The Guide list contains the following commands:

Add Vertical Guideline adds a guideline to the Layout canvas for

aligning frames along their left or right sides.

Add Horizontal Guideline adds a guideline to the Layout canvas

to align the tops or bottoms of frames.

Disable/Enable Guidelines shows or hides Layout window

guidelines.

Remove All Guidelines removes the guidelines from the Layout

window.

Snap to Left Snap left edge of selected frame to the nearest guideline. Enables
after selecting a frame in a legend with a vertical guideline.

Snap to Top Snap top edge of selected frame to the nearest guideline. Enables
after selecting a frame in a legend with a horizontal guideline.

Snap to Bottom Snap bottom edge of selected frame to the nearest guideline. Enables
after selecting a frame in a legend with a horizontal guideline.

Snap to Right Snap right edge of selected frame to the nearest guideline. Enables
after selecting a frame in a legend with a vertical guideline.

Grid Lines Shows or hides the legend grid lines.

Snap To Grid Enable so that when you move a frame near a guideline or a grid line
it aligns and attaches (snaps) to the line.

Grid Size Resizes the grid by a percentage value. Select this to choose a value.

THEME Tab
The THEME tab contains the most commonly used commands and command lists for working with
theme settings and styles. It is a consolidation of the Modify Thematic Map dialog boxes for all
theme types except the Grid theme. The THEME tab makes commonly used theme editing tasks
much easier and in most cases eliminates the need to use the theme modification dialogs.
When you select a theme type in the Layers or Explorer window, the THEME tab displays settings
and styles for that particular theme. Any updates or changes to the settings and styles on the THEME
tab automatically updates the map's meta-data and the theme view, except when you modify the

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 84

 Getting Started

actual data in the table being themed. In that case you have to Recalculate the theme to reflect the
updates on the map.
See also:
• Creating Thematic and Other Themed Maps in the Help System

File Group
These commands create a thematic template, save and remove default themes, and recalculate
the current theme in case of data modifications. The File Group is common to all theme types and
all commands and command lists provides the same functionality across all theme types.

Icon Command Description

Save as Template Displays the Save Theme to a Template dialog box. Type a unique
name or highlight an existing name and overwrite it. If you overwrite
an existing name you will be asked to confirm this action.

Save Theme Saves the current theme to the map's meta-data to make it the default
theme view for that map. The saved theme is automatically applied to
the map the next time you open it.

Remove Theme Disassociates a saved theme from the map and removes it from the
map's meta-data. The theme view reverts to default when you remove
the associated theme.

Recalculate Theme If you have added, deleted or modified any data in the table being
themed, click Recalculate Theme to recalculate the map and theme
bins without deleting and recreating the theme. The Theme and Legend
Designer now reflects the current state of the data on the table.

See also:
THEME Tab

Ranged Style Group

These commands help you in customizing the ranged theme settings and styles. This group is visible
only when you select the Ranges theme type in the Layers or Explorer window.

Icon Command Description

Field
Updates the field or expression that contains the data values. The
drop-down list displays all the applicable fields in the table selected
when creating the theme.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 85

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Method
The Method list contains the following commands:

Equal Count Each range contains approximately the same number

of records. If the number of records is not evenly divisible by the
number of ranges, MapInfo Pro places the remaining records into the
most appropriate ranges.

Equal Ranges The difference between the top and bottom values
in each range is the same.

Standard Deviation The middle range breaks at the mean of your

data values, and the ranges above and below the middle range are
one standard deviation above or below the mean.

Natural Break The range breaks are determined according to an

algorithm such that the difference between the data values and the
average of the data values is minimized on a per range basis. This
reduces error and enables you to obtain a truer representation of your
data.

Quantile Determines the distribution of a variable across a segment

of your data (for example, population). Displays the Customize Ranges
dialog box. When you choose Quantile, a Quantile Using drop-down
list appears at the bottom of the dialog box. Choose the field or an
expression you want to perform the quantiling operation on from the
drop-down list.

Custom Indicates that the ranges are user-defined. Displays the

Customize Ranges dialog box. When you choose Custom, a Custom
Ranges box appears at the bottom of the dialog box. Highlight the
range you want to change from the list in the middle of the dialog box,
and edit the minimum and maximum values in the Custom Ranges
box.

Ranges Choose the number of ranges you want from the drop-down list. The
minimum number of ranges is 2, and the maximum number of ranges
is 16. The default is 4 ranges.

Round By Choose a rounding factor for the range breaks from the drop-down
list. Each rounding factor is a multiple of 10.

Color Palettes Shades different ranges of data with a set of color band.
Color Palettes contain a list of predefined bands of colors that can be
applied on any existing range thematic map. When you associate a
color band from Color Palettes to a ranged map, it turns off
auto-spreading of style attributes and sets the colors from the selected
colors band to the ranges.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 86

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Color Palettes provides two types of color schemes for ranged thematic
maps.

• Sequential – Contains light to dark shades of a color in the color

band. Lightness and saturation of the color changes incrementally,
using Single-Hue or Multi-Hue. Light colors are suited for low data
values and darker colors for higher data values.

• Diverging - Contains two different colors at both the ends of the set.
Lightness and saturation of these two colors change as they move
from the edge towards the center and they meet in the middle at an
unsaturated color.

Note: The Sequential color scheme is available for any number of

ranges, while Diverging color scheme is available till number
of ranges goes up to eleven.

See also:
THEME Tab

Bar Chart Style Group

These commands help you in customizing the Bar Chart theme settings and styles. This group is
visible only when you select the Bar Charts theme type in the Layers or Explorer window.

Icon Command Description

Chart Type
Choose the type of bar chart you want to create from the four choices
in the group.

Stacked The bars for each variable are stacked on top of each
other, creating a single bar chart.

Stacked - Graduated The height of the bars are determined by the

ratio of the sum of the values for each record to the value in the at
value box in the Customize Bar Styles dialog box. For details, see
Customize Bar Styles Dialog Box in the Help System.

Multiple Creates a multi-bar chart, one bar for each field. All the
bars in each chart are scaled according to the ratio of the height in the
Max Height box to the value in the at value box.

Multiple - Independent Creates a multi-bar chart where the bars

are scaled independently of one another. The same bar in each chart
is scaled according to the ratio of the height in the Height box to the
maximum value of its corresponding variable, ignoring the at value
settling.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 87

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Graduation
The Graduation list is available only when the Chart Type is Stacked
- Graduated or Multiple. It contains the following commands.

Square Root Choose Square Root to scale by square root.

Constant Choose Constant to scale linearly.

Log Choose Log to scale logarithmically (base 10). All bars are
scaled down to a zero-sized bar for a zero value. The default setting
is to scale by a constant, which is best for representing data in one
dimension. Since you are only concerned with one dimension in bar
charts, the height of the bars, we recommend that you stay with the
default scaling method.
Note: If your data range is extremely large, or the numbers are
related in an exponential way, graduate the size by log.

Height Indicates the maximum height of a bar. The default height is 0.25
inches, and the valid range is 0.1 to 10 inches. Set the paper units in
System Preferences.

• If the chart type is Stacked, then all the bars are the same height,
as specified in the Height box, and the value in the at value box is
ignored.
• If you choose Stacked - Graduated, the value in the Height box is
the height, in paper units, of a stacked bar when the value in the at
value text box is the sum of the bar's data values.
• If the bar chart contains Multiple bars with identical scales for each
bar, all bars are scaled according to the ratio of Height to the at
value.
• If the chart type is Multiple - Independent, at value is ignored and
each bar is scaled according to the ratio of Height to its field's or
expression's maximum value.

Width Indicates the width, in paper units, of the bar chart. The valid range is
0.1 to 4 inches. You can set the paper units on the PRO tab, by clicking
Options, and System Preferences.

Orientation
Choose one of the buttons in the Orientation box to set the bar charts'
placement and direction with respect to the object's centroid in the
base layer. Each button shows a different orientation. The base layer
is the map view of the table on which you have chosen to base your
thematic map. For example, if you are making a thematic map with
bar charts from the States table, the States layer is the base layer. The
default is to place the bar chart above the object's centroid in the base
layer.
Top Left (West)

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 88

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Top Center (North)

Top Right (East)
Center Left (West)
Center (North)
Center Right (East)
Bottom Left (West)
Bottom Center (South)
Bottom Right (East)

See also:
THEME Tab

Pie Chart Style Group

These commands help you in customization of Bar Chart theme settings and styles. This group is
visible only when you select the Pie Charts theme type in the Layers or Explorer window.

Icon Command Description

Chart Type
Choose the type of pie chart you want to create from the group.

Whole Pies Choose Whole Pies to display full pies.

Half Pies Choose Half Pies to display half pies.

Graduation
Choose Graduated to make the size of the pies proportional to the
sum of their components.

Square Root Choose Square Root to scale by square root.

Constant Choose Constant to scale linearly.

Log Choose Log to scale logarithmically (base 10). This option is

available when Graduated in the Chart Type group box is selected. All
graduated pies are scaled down to a zero-sized pie for a zero sum.
The default setting is to scale by square root. We recommend that you
scale by square root for pie charts because the pies' area varies as a
square of the radius.

Pie Size Drag to set the maximum diameter of a pie. Double click at thumb to
set value at specified size.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 89

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Start Angle Specify at what angle you want the first pie wedge to start.

Orientation
Choose one of the buttons in the Orientation box to set the pies'
placement and direction with respect to the object's centroid in the
base layer. Each button shows a different orientation. The base layer
is the map view of the table on which you have chosen to base your
thematic map. For example, if you are making a thematic map with pie
charts from the States table, the States layer is the base layer. The
default is to center the pie chart over the object's centroid in the base
layer.
Top Left (West)
Top Center (North)
Top Right (East)
Center Left (West)
Center (North)
Center Right (East)
Bottom Left (West)
Bottom Center (South)
Bottom Right (East)

See also:
THEME Tab

Symbol/Graduated Style Group

These commands help you in customization of Symbol/Graduated theme settings and styles. This
group is visible only when you select the Graduated theme type in the Layers or Explorer window.

Icon Command Description

Field Updates the field or expression that contains the data values. The
drop-down list displays all the applicable fields in the table selected
when creating the theme.

Graduation
Choose Graduated to make the size of the pies proportional to the
sum of their components.

Square Root Choose Square Root to scale by square root.

Constant Choose Constant to scale linearly.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 90

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Log Choose Log to scale logarithmically (base 10). The default

setting is to scale by square root. We recommend that you scale by
square root in a graduated symbols map. When you scale by square
root, MapInfo Pro assigns symbol sizes in such a way that, the area
of a symbol is proportionate to the symbol's value. Therefore, if one
records value is three times larger than another record's value, the
larger record has a symbol that occupies three times as much area on
the map. Cartographers have determined that this method of varying
symbol sizes produces maps that result in more accurate visual
representations of the data values, making far better comparisons.

Positive Symbol Enables you to choose a symbol for positive data values. Displays the
Symbol Style dialog box for positive values.

Negative Symbol Enables you to choose a symbol for negative data values. Displays
the Symbol Style dialog box for positive values.

Show Negative Values

Check this box to display the symbol for negative values on your map.
Changing the values of the negative values symbol has no effect on
the attributes of the positive values symbol. To change the negative
values symbol's attributes, click inside the Symbol style box in the
Negative Values group. The Symbol Style dialog box displays. You
can change the type of symbol, its color and size. The default is a 36
point blue circle.

Symbol Font Size

Choose the point size for the symbol from the drop-down list. The
default size is 36 points.

Increase Symbol Size

Increases the symbol size.

Decrease Symbol Size

Decreases the symbol size.

At Value
Enter the data value on which you want to base the symbol's proportion.
The size of the symbol at this value is the size you specified in the
Symbol Style dialog box. The symbols for the remaining data values
are sized using this value. The default setting is the maximum value
of your data, with two significant digits. The symbols are scaled down
to a one point symbol for zero values.

See also:
THEME Tab

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 91

 Getting Started

Dot Density Style Group

These commands help you in customization of Dot Density theme settings and styles This group is
visible only when you select the Dot Density theme type in the Layers or Explorer window.

Icon Command Description

Field Updates the field or expression that contains the data values. The
drop-down list displays all the applicable fields in the table selected
when creating the theme.

Dot Shapes
Choose either the Circle or the Square to display the dot shape of
your choice.

Circle: Choose Circle to display circle shaped dots.

Square: Choose Square to display square shaped dots.

Size Choose either square dots (1-25 pixels) or circle dots (2-25 pixels).

Value Per Dot MapInfo Pro makes an estimate of how many units each dot should
represent and places this estimate in the text box. Enter a different
number if you wish. The greater the number of units each dot
represents, the fewer the number of dots that appears on the map.

Increase Size
Increases the dot size.

Decrease Size
Decreases the dot size.

Dot Color
Changes the dot color of a Dot Density Thematic map.

See also:
THEME Tab

Individual Value Style Group

These commands help you in customization of Individual Value theme settings. This group is visible
only when you select the Individual theme type in the Layers or Explorer window.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 92

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Field Updates the field or expression that contains the data values. The
drop-down list displays all the applicable fields in the table selected
when creating the theme.

Color Palettes Changes the color scheme of Individual Value Thematic map. Color
Palettes contain a list of predefined bands of colors that can be applied
on any existing individual value thematic map. When you select a color
band from Color Palettes, it sets the color of the line, point or region
of individual value object to the color selected from the color palette.

See also:
THEME Tab

Modify Group
Allows you to modify theme style settings. This group is visible only when you select one out of the
following theme types in the Layers or Explorer window; Ranges, Bar chart, Pie Chart or Individual.
The Styles command behaves differently based on the theme type selected. Refer the table below
for details.

Icon Command Description

Styles
Displays the Customize Range Style dialog box when a Ranged
theme type is selected in the Layers or Explorer window. This allows
customization of attributes such as color and size. For details, see
Customize Range Styles Dialog Box in the Help System.
Displays the Customize Pie Style dialog box when a Pie Chart theme
type is selected in the Layers or Explorer window. This allows
customization of chart type, method and orientation. For details, see
Customize Pie Styles Dialog Box in the Help System.
Displays the Customize Bar Style dialog box when a Bar Chart theme
type is selected in the Layers or Explorer window. Allows
customization of chart type, method and orientation. For details, see
Customize Bar Styles Dialog Box in the Help System.
Displays the Customize Individual Style dialog box when an Individual
Style theme type is selected in the Layers or Explorer window. Allows
customization of color and other attributes. For details, see Customize
Individual Styles Dialog Box in the Help System.

See also:
THEME Tab

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 93

 Getting Started

STYLE Tab
The STYLE tab contains commands and command lists for working with layers. It is available when
at least one layer in the Layers or Explorer window is highlighted.

Style Group
These commands change how regions, lines, symbols, and text display on the map.

Icon Command Description

Apply Styles Toggles the style override on and off.

Use Stacked Styles Toggles stacked styles on and off. See Stacking Display Styles to Create a
Custom Look

Region Style Modifies the color, pattern and outline of closed objects.

Line Style Modifies line color, pattern and width.

Symbol Style Modifies symbol size, color and type.

Text Style Modifies text color, font and size.

Symbol Rotation Adjusts the rotation for symbols in the selected layer(s).

Translucency Group
These commands control how opaque a layer or its labels are on the map. Make a layer transparent
to make the information behind it more visible when overlaying a region, such as a flood plain,
market catchment area, or hotspot. Make labels transparent, so that they do not obscure information
behind them.

Command Description

Layer Adjusts the percentage of translucency for the layer.

Label Adjusts the percentage of translucency for the labels in the layer.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 94

 Getting Started

Display Group

Icon Command Description

Show Nodes Displays the nodes in the selected layer.

Show Centroids Displays the centroid of each object in the selected layer.

Show Line Direction Displays the direction in which line objects are drawn.

Display (Raster Overlay) Group

These commands are active when you have a raster overlay on the map. For a description of how
to work with the MapInfo Pro Advanced raster features, click the Help button on the RASTER tab.

Icon Command Description

Field Displays all the fields that are present in the active raster. To render
different fields, select the field name from the drop-down list. There
must be two or more fields to activate this command.

Display Mode Select to render the file in either Pseudo, RGB, or Classified mode.
You can render continuous and imagery file in either Pseudo or RGB
display mode.

Band to Display Displays all the bands for the selected field in the current raster, such
as red, green, and blue. When in Pseudo display mode, select a
specific band from the drop-down list to render it on the current map.
When in RGB display mode, map different bands in the current raster
to the RGB channel to then render it on the current map. This is useful
for Landsat data.

Color Opens a dialog to select the color to apply to the raster. The raster
must be open in Pseudo mode to activate this command.

Color Stretch Opens the Color Stretch dialog, which has options to enhance the
display of a raster grid by changing the grid's appearance through data
stretches.

Advanced Color Opens a Color dialog to enhance all aspects of the appearance of the
raster by changing its coloring, data stretches, and bandpass cutoffs.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 95

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Hill Shade Opens a dialog of effects to mimic the sun's illumination, intensity, and
shadows across variations in elevation within the map landscape (the
raster surface). The raster must be open in Pseudo mode to activate
this command.

Raster Quality Improve the appearance of continuous raster surfaces using an

interpolation technique when viewed at high resolution: None (this is
the default), Nearest Neighbor, Bilinear, Cubic Spline (Local), or Cubic
Spline (Global).

Favorite Template Manage and apply custom templates. Selecting Manage Templates
opens the Custom Templates window where you can create and edit
your raster templates.
You must have an Advanced license to enable this command.

LABELS Tab
The LABELS tab is available on the ribbon when you highlight one or more layers in the Layers or
Explorer windows. This tab is another way to access label options that are also available from the
Layer Properties dialog box. It contains the following groups of commands.

Label Content Group

These commands label content with columns or expressions.

Command Description

Label using Select a column in the table to use labels from.

Abbreviate with Select this check box and a column in the table that contains abbreviated labels. This uses
abbreviations when there are a large number of labels.

Label Placement Group

These commands provides common preset rules for how labels are placed on the map. The preset
rules are groups of options that you would normally have to set individually in the Layer Properties
dialog box. The available rules change depending on the type of layer selected. For example, for a
layer of regions, some of the rules include Auto Size, Auto Position and Centroid. For a line layer
the options are Curved, Curved with Fallback, Rotated, and Horizontal.
The other commands in the Label Placement group – position, offset, overlaps and duplicates – are
the same as those in the Layer Properties dialog box.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 96

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Label Rules Lists common preset label rules.

Default Point Labeling

Label Position Use these default position (Anchor Point) buttons and the label offset to set
label placement.

Top Left

Top Center

Top Right

Center Left

Center

Center Right

Bottom Left

Bottom Center

Bottom Right
The anchor point is the label's position relative to the map object. The default
anchor point varies with the type of map object: Regions default to Center,
Lines to Above Center, and Points to Right.

Offset Sets the number of points (a measurement of text size) that a label is placed
from its anchor point.

Label Overlap Sets how to display labels when they overlap.

Discard Labels – Remove labels that overlap each other on the map.
Allow Overlaps – Allow labels to draw on top of each other. Labels may not
display when they overlap labels that have a higher priority on the map.
Try Other Positions – Avoid overlapping labels (to display more labels) by
repositioning them around the object the label is describing.

Allow Duplicates Allows duplicate labels for different objects to display, for example, (Portland,
OR) and (Portland, ME). Use this option with street maps to label street
segments individually.

Label Partial Objects Label polylines and objects whose centroids are not visible in the Map window.
This only applies to autolabels. Customizing a label does not change its
location.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 97

 Getting Started

Label Style Group

These commands set label display style, such as font family, size, special effects, and whether or
not to show label lines. These are the same options available from the Layer Properties dialog
box. An important difference, however, is you can see an immediate effect of your style choices
when Enable Preview command is turned on and you hover over, for example, a font name or size
on a drop-down list. You can preview Label Rules, see Enable Preview Command.

Icon Command Description

Font Family Change the font family. Available when a text box is activated on the layout.

Font Size Change the font size. Available when a text box is activated on the layout.

Increase Font Size Change the font size incrementally larger when a text box is activated on the
layout.

Decrease Font Size Change the font size incrementally smaller when a text box is activated on
the layout.

Bold Applies a stronger appearance to label text.

Italic Slopes label text to the right.

Underline Adds an underline to label text.

All Capitols Displays label text in all capitols (TEXT).

Expanded Adds space between the characters of label text (t e x t).

Shadow Adds a shadow effect behind label text.

Font Color Select a color to apply to label text.

Halo Adds a luminous outline around label text.

Highlight Sets a color to use behind labels to make them more legible on the map.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 98

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Label Background Color Selects the background color to use with Halo and Highlight effects.

Label Lines Lists the following commands. The last selected style is active. Label lines
display after you move the label from where it was originally created.
None: Do not display a line with the label.
Simple: Create a call-out by using a simple line that connects the label to the
anchor point.
Arrow: Create a call-out by using an arrow and line that connects the label to
anchor point.
Line Style Modify the style of the call-out lines.

Enable Preview Command

This command shows a preview of the label while you are making label style choices. If your map
contains a large number of labels, the preview display can be slow. So consider turning off the
Enable Preview feature when you don't need it.
Preview is available for font family, font size, label foreground color, label background color (when
halo or highlight is set) and Label Rules. The Enable Preview only enables or disables previewing
for layers. It is not available for use with the Layout window.

Icon Command Description

Enable Preview Enables a preview of the label while you are making style choices.

GRIDLINES Tab
The GRIDLINES tab contains commands and command lists for managing the grids in a Map
window. The GRIDLINES tab is available on the ribbon after selecting a Gridline layer for a map in
the Explorer window.

Gridline Group
These commands add a grid to a map and modify the properties of it.

Icon Command Description

Add Gridline Creates a new grid layer on the active Map window. You can add more
than one grid layer to a map.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 99

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Gridline Properties Modifies properties for an existing grid layer on the active Map window,
such as the horizontal and vertical spacing of grid lines.

Style Group
These commands control how the labels on grid lines display.

Icon Command Description

Apply Styles Toggles the style override on and off.

Use Stacked Styles Toggles stacked styles on and off. See Stacking Display Styles to
Create a Custom Look

Font Family Changes the font family.

Font Size Changes the font size.

Increase Font Size Changes the font size incrementally larger.

Decrease Font Size Changes the font size incrementally smaller.

Bold Bolds label text.

Italic Italicizes label text.

Underline Adds an underline to label text.

All Capitols Displays label text in all capitols (TEXT).

Expanded Adds space between the characters of label text (t e x t).

Shadow Adds a shadow effect behind label text.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 100

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Halo Adds a halo effect around label text.

Highlight Sets a color to use behind labels to make them more legible on the
map.

Label Background Color Selects the background color to use with Halo and Hightlight effects.

Enable Preview Enables a preview of the label while you are making style choices.

Labels Group
These commands control how labels are placed relative to their grid line.

Icon Command Description

Label Offset Sets a measurement value to place labels from their grid line. This
uses the measurement type beside the Map Edge Offset command.

Map Edge Offset Sets a measurement value to place labels from the edge of the map.
The measurement can be in inches (in), centimeters (cm), millimeters
(mm), picas, or points.

Label Placement Vertical Lines select to place labels to the left of, centered on, or to
the right of grid lines.
Horizontal Lines select to place labels above, centered on, or below
grid lines.
Label Positions select an anchor point for placing labels, such as using
all sides of labels, the top and left of labels, or the bottom and right of
labels.

Label Direction Label Direction select the direction in which to place labels: either
horizontal or following grid lines.
Label Format select to display labels using compass direction
(N,E,S,W) or degrees (-90 to +90).

Translucency Group
These commands control how opaque a grid layer or its labels are on the map. You can make grid
lines transparent to control how much importance the grid has to the map design and to make

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 101

 Getting Started

information behind the grid lines more visible. You can make the labels for grid lines transparent,
so that they do not obscure information behind them.

Command Description

Layer Adjusts the percentage of translucency for the layer.

Label Adjusts the percentage of translucency for the labels in the layer.

PRO Tab
The PRO tab contains links to a wide variety of system, application and product resources, including
setting preferences on the Options page and handling licenses on the Licensing page. The PRO
tab is always available.
Click the arrow at the top of the Pro tab to return to the MapInfo Pro desktop and the other tabs.
Click Exit to stop the current MapInfo Pro session and exit the product.

About
The About group contains links to updates, copyrights, license terms, news and suggestions.

Licensing
The Licensing group is where you manage your license(s) for MapInfo Pro, including transferring,
borrowing and returning a license, activating an advanced license, and entering a Bing License key.

Help
The Help group contains links to help topics and documentation, tutorial video library, Tech Support
and system information.

Products
The Products group contains links to the MapInfo page on the Pitney Bowes website, MapInfo data
products, and the MapInfo Online Store.

Geocoding
The Geocoding group contains links to manage your PB Global Geocoder account.

Add Ins
The Add Ins group contains a list of applications that have been added to this MapInfo Pro installation,
such as MapInfo Pro Raster.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 102

 Getting Started

Options
The Options group provides access to preferences for system and application-level components of
MapInfo Pro. For a description of each option, see Summary of Preferences in the Help System.

Ribbon Keytip Navigation for Accessibility

The MapInfo Pro ribbon provides keytip support for users to navigate the tabs and commands without
the use of a mouse. Keytips are a Windows ribbon convention for keyboard navigation. Keytips
appear as small black indicators over the tabs and commands when you click the Alt key. You can
progressively drill down levels within the ribbon by navigating the keystrokes as they appear on the
user interface. To turn off keytipcs, press ESC.
For example, to access the Zoom-To Entire Layer on the MAP tab, press: Alt+M+ZT+L.

Quick Search Tool

You can use Quick Search to quickly search and execute commands on the MapInfo Pro ribbon.
These commands might be grouped or nested under different tabs, sub-menus or backstage items
but the Quick Search tool displays a list of all relevant commands as you type your query in the
search box. Once you see the desired command in the drop-down list, select or click on the command
to launch. The selected command location on the ribbon interface is also highlighted on launch from
Quick Search to aid you in locating the command.
Quick Search is a MapInfo Pro tool that is loaded by default when you install MapInfo Pro. Once
loaded, it is located at the top-right corner of the MapInfo Pro ribbon and is accessible by choosing
the Ctrl+Q keys. You can show or hide the Quick Search box by loading or unloading the Quick
Search tool from the Tool Extensions drop-down list under the Tools group on the HOME tab.

Custom Keywords
You can define custom keywords to launch specific commands using the Quick Search tool. The
keyword list is in a comma separated value (CSV) file stored in the Application Data directory of the
Quick Search tool at
%appdata%\MapInfo\MapInfo\Professional\1700\Tools\QuickSearch\keyword_en.csv
The keyword list works on the Key-Value pair concept. A typical keyword list looks like

info,point query
add theme,thematic,Create Thematic Map, Bivariate, Chloropleth
hybrid,bing hybrid,base map
aerial,bing aerial,base map
roads,bing roads,base map

Here the first entry in every CSV line is the key (command searched) and all subsequent entries
are values (search query). For example, from the first line of the keyword list; if you type point query
in the Quick Search box, a list of all info commands would be displayed.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 103

 Getting Started

Highlighting Command on Launch

An important feature of the Quick Search tool is that along with searching a command for you it aids
you in locating that command in the ribbon interface. As soon as you launch a command from Quick
Search, it is highlighted on the ribbon interface. You can enable/disable this highlighting feature or
set the duration and color of the highlight when a particular command is launched by updating the
following three entries in the
%appdata%\MapInfo\MapInfo\Professional\1700\Tools\QuickSearch\QuickSearch.dll.config file.

<add key="Enable_Command_Highlight" value="True" /> // Default value is

True, set to False to disable highlighting
<add key="Command_Highlight_TimeSpan_Seconds" value="4" /> //Sets the
duration of the highlight
<add key="Command_Highlight_Brush" value="Blue" /> //Sets the color of
the highlight

Note: For command highlighting to work correctly, it is recommended that you disable Ribbon Tab
Switching. Under the PRO tab, click Options and then click Application in the System section
to open Application Preferences. Set Ribbon Tab Switching to None.

About the Quick Access Toolbar

The Quick Access Toolbar is a customizable toolbar that contains a set of commands that are
independent of the tab on the Ribbon that is currently displayed. You can add buttons that represent
commands to the Quick Access Toolbar. The toolbar is located in the upper-left corner of the MapInfo
Pro desktop by default. It can also be moved closer to the work area below the ribbon.

Customizing the Quick Access Toolbar

The Quick Access Toolbar can be configured to hold commands to suit your needs and work style.
You may wish to include frequently used commands here rather than access them from one of the
tabs on the ribbon. By default Open Table, Save Workspace, and Close All are included on the
Quick Access Toolbar.
Use the Quick Access Toolbar menu to locate the toolbar above or below the MapInfo Pro ribbon
and control whether the ribbon is viewable or hidden.
To customize the Quick Access Toolbar:
1. Right-click on the ribbon and choose Customize Quick Access Toolbar to open the Customize
Ribbon dialog box.
This dialog is also available from the Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu, in the upper left
corner of the desktop, by choosing More Commands.
2. Highlight Quick Access Toolbar in the left pane to access the customizable settings.
3. From the Choose commands from: drop down list, choose the command group or choose
Application Commands (default). The commands list updates based on your selection.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 104

 Getting Started

Commands are grouped by common themes, such as Layer and Edit commands, as well as for
each tab. Layer and Legend commands are also listed.
4. Double-click on a command name or highlight it and click Add to move it to the Quick Access
Toolbar pane.
The following instructions describe how to add more commands and organize them on the toolbar.
To remove a command:
1. On the Customize Ribbon dialog box, click the Remove button.
2. Click OK to save your changes.
To organize the commands:
1. On the Customize Ribbon dialog box, use the Up and Down arrows.
2. Click OK to save your changes.
To reset the toolbar to the default settings:
1. On the Customize Ribbon dialog box, click Reset.
2. Click OK to save your changes.
To change the location of the Quick Access Toolbar:
1. Right-click on the ribbon and choose Show Quick Access Toolbar Below the Ribbon.
To hide the ribbon:
1. Right-click on the ribbon and choose Minimize Ribbon. See Customizing the Ribbon.

Floating and Docking Windows

Document windows, such as Map, Layout, and Browser windows, may be set to float outside of
MapInfo Pro or dock within MapInfo Pro.
To set how a window displays, right-click on the document window name located on the document
tab. Select one of the following from the pop-up menu:
• Floating - Separate the window from MapInfo Pro, so that you can move it anywhere on your
screen or onto a second monitor. Floating Map and Browser windows include a ribbon of
commands for working with the contents of the window.
• Dockable - Attach the window to the side of the MapInfo Pro screen, so that it is out-of-the way
when collapsed, but still easy to access.
• Tabbed - Cascade windows one on top of another. For details, see Tiling and Cascading
Windows.
If you chose to dock a window, then the right-click context menu on the document window name
shows the following additional option:

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 105

 Getting Started

• Auto Hide - Automatically hide a docked window when it is not active. Docked windows are located
along the sides of the MapInfo Pro screen, where they are out-of-the way, but still easy to access.
This option is only available on docked windows.
The document windows that are currently open are listed in the Explorer window. You may need
to scroll down the Explorer window to see the Windows panel and the list of open documents. If
you have selected to hide a window, then it is in the Explorer window list where you can select it
to redisplay it.

Tiling and Cascading Windows

Document windows, such as Map, Layout, and Browser windows, may cascade one on top of
another or tile one beside the other when they are in the tabbed state (when they are not docked
or floating). When document windows cascade, they overlap and the document on top is visible.
When document windows tile, they are next to one another and each window is visible on the screen.
To cascade or tile document windows, right-click on a document window name located on the
document tab. Select one of the following from the pop-up menu:
• New Horizontal Tab Group - Displays when document windows cascade. Select to tile windows
side-by-side across the screen. Only the selected window is active.
• New Vertical Tab Group - Displays when document windows cascade. Select to tile windows
side-by-side down the screen. Only the selected window is active.
• Move To Next Tab Group - Displays when document windows are tiled. Select to overlap windows,
so that only the top window is visible. The top-most window is always the active window.
• Hide - Removes the window from view, but keeps it open in MapInfo Pro. To view the window,
select it from the Windows list (select the check box beside its name) in the Explorer window.
To view a hidden document window, locate the table (document) name in the Explorer window,
right-click on it, and select Activate. You can also double-click on the table (document) name to
open it.

The document windows that are currently open are listed in the Explorer window. You may need
to scroll down the Explorer window to see the Windows panel and the list of open documents.

Closing or Cloning Document Windows

Document windows, such as Map, Layout, and Browser windows, can be closed or hidden.
To remove one or more document windows from view, right-click on the document window name
located on the document tab. Select one of the following from the pop-up menu:
• Close All But This - Closes all document windows except for this one.
• Close All - Closes all document windows in MapInfo Pro.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 106

 Getting Started

• Close - Closes the current document window.

When you close a document window, the table is no longer available from the Explorer window.
You can reopen the table from the Open command, which lists all of the recently opened tables.
To clone a document window, right-click on the document window name located on the document
tab and select the following:
• Clone - Duplicates the document window. The new window has the same name with a numeric
extension (shown on the window tab or title bar), such as MyMap:1.

Reviewing Windows Features

HTML Support
As a mapping graphics application, we support exporting map images to formats commonly used
on the World Wide Web.

Shortcut Menus
Shortcut menus are pop-up menus activated by the right mouse button. They are available in Map,
Browser, Layout, and MapBasic windows. Use them to quickly perform common tasks.

Long Filename/UNC Support

MapInfo Pro supports Universal Naming Conventions. This gives you greater flexibility, as you can
access data without drive mappings from one session to another. MapInfo Pro also supports long
filenames. A filename can have up to 260 characters in the qualified path, and any one component
within the path can have up to 255 characters. In addition, you are not restricted to the 8.3 DOS
convention in naming files. Spaces are allowed, as are additional periods.

Installer/Uninstaller
MapInfo Pro has a fully-automated installation program that graphically leads the user through the
installation process. Furthermore, MapInfo Pro provides several different uninstall options.

Drag and Drop

MapInfo Pro has drag and drop support for Map windows. Using the Drag Map command, you can
drag and drop a Map window into a container application, such as a spreadsheet or word processing
program. For details, refer to Using Drag and Drop.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 107

 Getting Started

Using the Windows-Compatible Features

Using the Save Window to File Dialog Box for HTML Support
When saving a window to a file, you can specify a file name for the image, directory, file format, and
drive.
To save a window to a file:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Output group, click Save to open the Save Window to File dialog box.
2. From the Save as type list, choose the file format for the exported image. The default format is
Bitmap (.BMP).

Using Drag and Drop

You can place a map into a Microsoft application. A MapInfo Pro object or selection of objects can
be dragged to and dropped upon Microsoft drop targets (such as Microsoft Word and Excel). You
can perform drag and drop within a document or window, across documents and windows within
MapInfo Pro, or across applications.
Use the Drag Map command to place a MapInfo Pro map into an OLE container application. A
map dragged from 64-bit MapInfo Pro is a metafile and does not provide map functionality.
Note: You need to specify what gets copied to the clipboard. See Setting Your Copy to Clipboard
Preferences. By default, you cannot copy a map until you set this preference.

To drag a map into a Microsoft application:

1. On the MAP tab, in the Options group, clickDrag Map.
As the cursor moves over the map, it displays as a drag icon.

2. Click and hold down the mouse button anywhere in the Map window.
3. Drag the map to the new location.
4. Release the mouse button; the map is dropped in the new location.
If the application into which you are dragging a map cannot accept the map object, the No Drop
cursor displays.

Toggling the Crosshair Cursor

Some MapInfo Pro commands display a crosshair cursor. You can switch the crosshair style by
pressing the X key. Each press toggles between a style, there are three styles to choose from.

MapInfo Pro applies the crosshair cursor style globally-there is no per-window setting. It stores the
style between sessions, so you see the most recent crosshair cursor style at startup.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 108

 Getting Started

Note: Two dialogs display a crosshair cursor when the mouse cursor is over the sample raster
image within the dialog: the Image Registration dialog box and the Adjust Image Styles
dialog box. While working within the Adjust Image Styles dialog box, you cannot toggle
between different cursor styles (by pressing the X key).

Setting Your Cursor Style

When working in a Citrix XenApp environment, there may be a delay rendering the 32-bit per pixel
cursor in MapInfo Pro causing a performance issue. Switching to the 1-bit per pixel cursor corrects
this issue.
To switch to the 1-bit per pixel cursor:
1. On the PRO tab, click Options, and System Settings to open the System Settings Preferences
dialog box.
2. Clear the Enable True Color Cursors check box to use the 1-bit per pixel cursor, which displays
in black and white.
Selecting the check box enables the 32-bit per pixel cursor.

Touch Screen Devices

MapInfo Pro supports multi-touch gestures which allows two-finger pinching and panning gestures
on a touch screen device to perform zoom in, zoom out and pan on the map. The multi-touch also
works on a 3D map, Prism map, and the map in the Layout window.
When you pinch the touch screen display or drag your fingers on it, the system detects the gestures
and creates the zoom or pan effect on the map.

Turn Multi-Touch On or Off

Multi-touch support is enabled by default, to turn it off:
1. On the PRO tab, select Options.
2. Click System Settings to open the System Settings Preferences dialog box.
3. Clear the Enable Multi-touch check box.

Pan
1. Open a map on your touch screen device.
2. Place two fingers on your touch screen display and drag both fingers together in any direction.

Zoom In
1. Open a map on your touch screen device.
2. Place two fingers on your touch screen display and spread them apart without lifting them from
the screen.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 109

 Getting Started

Zoom Out
1. Open a map on your touch screen device.
2. Place two fingers on your touch screen display and pinch them in together without lifting the
fingers from the screen.

Multi-touch on a 3D or Prism Map

You can move the 3D or Prism map around to determine the most effective angle for displaying
your information on a touch screen device.

Pan a 3D or Prism Map

1. Open a 3D or Prism map on your touch screen device.
2. Place two fingers on your touch screen display and drag both fingers together in any direction.

Zoom In on a 3D or Prism Map

1. Open a 3D or Prism map on your touch screen device.
2. Place two fingers on your touch screen display and spread them apart without lifting them from
the screen.

Zoom Out on a 3D or Prism Map

1. Open a 3D or Prism map on your touch screen device.
2. Place two fingers on your touch screen display and pinch them in together withought lifting the
fingers from the screen.

Using the Status Bar

The Status Bar along the lower edge of the desktop provides helpful information during your mapping
session and allows you to make some changes directly in the Status Bar.
Note: Not all entries display in the Status Bar at all times. Entries display when a feature is active.

• Status Bar Help: To find out what a command does, hover the cursor over the command in the
Status Bar. A brief description (tooltip) displays.
• Zoom, Map Scale, Cartographic Scale, Cursor Location: View any one of these settings in the
Status Bar. You can change which one displays directly from the Status Bar. Click the setting on
display in the Status Bar and then click the one you want to display from the list. The Status Bar
automatically updates. These display settings are also controlled in the Map Options dialog box
(on the MAP tab, in the Options group, click Map Options).
• Editing: To keep track of which layer is currently editable, review the list of layers that display in
the Status Bar. You can change the editable layer directly in the Status Bar by clicking Editing and
selecting a layer from the list of layers in the active Map window. The Status Bar updates showing
the new editable layer.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 110

 Getting Started

• Selecting: The Status Bar indicates which layer the current selection is from. If there is nothing
selected, the Status Bar reads: Selecting: NONE.
• records: When viewing a table in a Browser window, the record count displays in the Status Bar.
• SNAP: When working in a Map window, you can turn on snap-to-node by pressing the S key.
When this feature is in use, SNAP displays in the Status Bar.
• AUTOTRACE: When working in a Map window, you can turn on the auto-trace indicator by pressing
the T key. When this feature is in use, AUTOTRACE displays in the Status Bar.
• AUTONODE: When working in a Map window, you can turn on the auto-node indicator by pressing
the N key. When this feature is in use, AUTONODE displays in the Status Bar.

Using the Help System

MapInfo Pro's comprehensive Help System provides the information you need to learn and use the
product more effectively. You can reach the information in several ways:
• Use the Help System screen to choose topics.
• Use the Search feature to search on a specific word. Type the word you want to search for in the
first field, select the matching word in the second, and then the topic in the third box. MapInfo Pro
displays the topic in the drop-down pane beneath the search box.
• Context-Sensitive Feature: Press the F1 key to receive more information on any command or
dialog box. The Help window for that item displays.

Instructions For Using Help

The MapInfo Pro Help System lets you quickly reference commands and options (such as what is
the purpose of this command, how do I make this command active) and provides step-by-step
instructions for the related tasks.
To find a topic in the Help System:
1. Click the Contents icon to browse through topics by category.
2. Click the Search icon to search for words or phrases that may be contained in a Help topic.
To copy text from the Help window select the text to copy, right-click, and then select Copy from
the pop-up menu.
Related Links
Searching for Help on a Keyword on page 112
Saving a Favorite Topic

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 111

 Getting Started

Searching for Help on a Keyword

The Search dialog box lets you select or type a keyword that you want to search for in the Help
System. All help topics associated with that keyword are listed. You can then choose the desired
topic for display. For example, to find out how to add a control point, you could select or type add,
control, or point. Topics that have the word add, control, or point associated with them would then
be listed in the Search dialog box.
To search on a keyword:
1. On the top right of the MapInfo Pro window, click the MapInfo Pro Help Topics (?) button to open
the Help System.
2. On the Search tab, type the topic or word you want to search for in the search box.
3. Click Search.
4. Click on the topic in the search results that you want to view.
Clicking on the Back button in the menu bar will return you to the previous Help screen.
For more about using help, see Instructions For Using Help and Saving a Favorite Topic.
Related Links
Instructions For Using Help on page 111

Data - Where MapInfo Pro Begins

To use MapInfo Pro, you need to match the files that contain your information (data) and maps that
come from MapInfo Pro or that you create yourself. MapInfo Pro organizes all its information, whether
textual or graphic, in the form of tables; each table is a group of MapInfo Pro files that constitute
either a map file or a database file.
MapInfo Pro begins when you open tables, whether they are maps or data from a database.

What is a Database and Other Basic Terminology

A database is a collection of information organized so that it can be readily accessed using a

computer. Databases in MapInfo Pro are often referred to as tables. MapInfo Pro creates a visual
display of the data in tables in the form of a map.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 112

 Getting Started

Emergency medical calls thematically shaded by type of call and time of call, with response zones
shaded by number of calls.
To understand MapInfo Pro, you need a basic understanding of database organization, in particular,
three fundamental concepts: record, field, index, and query.

LastName FirstName Address ZIPCode

Fraser Mark 212 Hudson St 12205

Donaldson Eva 459 Yates St 12208

Espinosa Kim 200 Broadway 12180

Smith Charles 1 Redbird Ln 12065

Chang Elizabeth 53 Crescent Rd 12077

To understand the database concepts we are about to discuss, consider the table above.
Each row in the list contains information about one person. In database terms, each row is a record.
Each different box of information (Last Name, First Name, etc.) within a record is called a field.
Fields correspond to the columns so that the table shown above contains four different fields.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 113

 Getting Started

Database fields are ordered (first, second, third, fourth, etc.), and the basic convention is that the
first field displays as the first column in the database. The second field is in the column to the right
of the first, and so on to the last field, which is displayed in the right most column.
Since the data in a database is not usually in alphabetical order or postal code order or any other
pattern which would make it easy for the computer to find the information, the computer needs a
way to organize the information. A database uses an index to keep track of what information is
where and what record it is tied to. Without indices it would be tedious to find anything in a database
with hundreds of records, not to mention databases with thousands and tens of thousands of records.
A database index works on the same principle as a book index. A book index is an alphabetical list
of topics that appear in the book and the page number or address of the information. Database
indices work in a similar way, except that they generally work behind the scenes. You do not ever
see them. But the computer constructs them and allows you to use them in your work. An index
allows the computer to work with the records according to the order of items in the key field.
MapInfo Pro requires fields to be indexed in order to use the Find command. Indices are also used
to improve performance in SQL Select and joins.
A query is just another word for a question. You query data to collect a particular type of information
from your database. For example, if you wanted to know how many customers live within a certain
number of miles of your store, (and you had that kind of information in your database), you could
query the database to find out that information. The result of the query is query data. You can think
of query data as a subset of your data as in the example - a list of all the customers within 5 miles
and none of the customers who live further away. MapInfo Pro has commands to help you query
your data and display it on a map.
For more about querying your data, see Selecting and Querying Data in the Help System.

What Data Can I Use in MapInfo Pro?

MapInfo Pro allows you to use data that was created in other file formats. When you bring data into
MapInfo Pro for the first time, you need to specify its format. For example, if your data is in delimited
ASCII format, choose Delimited ASCII from the File Format drop-down list.
Data file choices include:
• Microsoft Access
• Microsoft Excel
• dBASE DBF
• ESRI shapefiles
• Raster Images
• Grid Images
• ASCII Delimited Text
• Lotus 1-2-3
• Remote Databases (Oracle, SQL Server, PostGIS)

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 114

 Getting Started

• Workspace
• Comma Delimited CSV files
• GeoPackage
For database versions that MapInfo Pro supports, see the MapInfo Pro Install Guide.
When you choose a particular file format, the File Name box will only list files that have the appropriate
extension. For example, if you choose dBASE DBF from the File Format drop-down list, MapInfo
Pro will only list files that are in dBASE format.
When you choose a file other than a MapInfo-formatted file type, MapInfo Pro creates a table structure
for that data based on the type of file that it is.
Note: During the .TAB file creation process, the original file is in no way altered. The file retains
its original properties.

When you open that table in future work sessions, MapInfo Pro will treat these files as if they were
in MapInfo Pro's native format. The next time you want to open the table, you should choose the
.TAB format for the table. If you accidentally attempt to open the file again with its original file format,
MapInfo Pro prompts you with the message:

Table definition already exists. Overwrite it?

This message displays because MapInfo Pro has already created a table for that file. To use the
file you have already created, click Cancel and open the associated .TAB file.
Also keep in mind that MapInfo Pro supports long filenames and UNC paths. The UNC paths allow
you to access your data without having to remember your drive mappings from one session to
another.
To display your table in the Map window, your data must contain X and Y coordinates. If it does not
already, you can add them using MapInfo Pro. Assigning these coordinates is called geocoding.

Using Data Files in Any Language or Character Set

You can work with characters from any language in your data files, so that multi-language tables
display properly in maps, browsers, the Info tool, and other locations. MapInfo Pro can open tables,
files, or workspaces with Unicode characters in the file name or path name regardless of the locale
of MapInfo Pro or which localized version of MapInfo Pro you are running. A system setting called
Encode Workspaces and Tab Files enables this feature, which is off by default.
Note: You would disable Encode Workspaces and Tab Files to share MapInfo tables with versions
of MapInfo Pro that are older than version 15.2, to share data with applications that do not
support the UTF-8 character set, or when you use data from only one language. In this case,
workspaces and tables are written with the current system character setting (charset).

When enabled, this system setting writes workspaces using the UTF-8 charset. New Tab files or
Tab files being re-written, such as save copy as, pack table, update friendly name, or update
metadata, use the UTF-8 encoding. The !charset in the .tab file remains the same; it represents the

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 115

 Getting Started

data in the table and not the charset of the .tab file itself. MapInfo Pro writes a UTF-8 Byte Order
Mark (BOM) at the beginning of the file, so that other applications recognize the encoding.
When Encode Workspaces and Tab Files is enabled (turned on) and you are opening an Excel or
Access file for import into MapInfo native TAB format, the resulting tables (TAB files) are in UTF-8
format. When opening an instance of an Excel, ASCII, CSV, or Lotus 1-2-3 data type and Create
Copy in MapInfo Format is checked on the Open Table dialog, the resulting table is in MapInfo
Extended format with a default character set (charset) preference set to NativeX (MapInfo Extended).
When reading from or writing to a .QRY file, the file opens using the UTF-8 character set.
To enable or disable the Encode Workspaces and Tab Files feature:
1. On the PRO tab, click Options, and click System Settings in the System group, to open the
System Settings Preferences dialog box.
2. Select the Encode Workspaces and Tab Files check box to enable this feature or clear the check
box to disable it.
3. Click OK.
To specify a specific character set, such as UTF-8 or UTF-16, to use for your MapInfo tables (*.tab)
and MapInfo Interchange files (*.mif, *.mid), see Setting Your Language Preferences in the Help
System.
Note: You can encounter data corruption, due to truncation or conversion, when saving a copy of
a database table between Unicode and non-Unicode character sets. When saving non-UTF-8
(non-Unicode) to UTF-8 (Unicode), there is the potential for data truncation. When saving
UTF-8 or UTF-16 (Unicode) to a non-Unicode, there is the potential for conversion issues.
When saving data to the MapInfo Extended TAB format (NativeX format), MapInfo Pro
interprets the width of character fields in tables with a UTF-16 character set (charset) as the
number of characters with two bytes (16-bits) per character. It interprets the width of character
fields in tables with any character set other than UTF-16 (such as WindowsLatin1, Cyrillic,
and UTF-8) as the number of bytes. For non UTF-8 character sets each character takes up
one byte, but could also take from one to four bytes. For UTF-8, since it is used to store
characters from any language, it is more likely to require more than one byte. This means
that you need to allow for larger field widths to avoid data truncation.
Using the UTF-16 character set is the best way to ensure that all data is preserved, but it
results in larger file sizes. The UTF-8 character set can be used to encode all characters
faithfully, but truncation could occur. When you save a copy of a table from a non UTF-8
character set to UTF-8, increase the field width to avoid truncation.

See also:
Saving a Table or a Copy of a Table

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 116

 Getting Started

Support for Raster Images

MapInfo Pro supports raster image display. Raster images are computerized pictures. These graphic
images can be used as backgrounds for maps you create in MapInfo Pro and can serve as a
reference for your displayed data.
When you bring in a raster image to MapInfo Pro, you may need to register it (specify its map
coordinates) so MapInfo Pro can display it properly. Choosing the Raster Image file format from the
Open dialog box will bring you to the Image Registration dialog box where you can specify the
appropriate map coordinates. Once you register the image, a process that creates a .TAB file for
the image, you can open it as you would open any table in a Map window. Images that you purchase
from MapInfo Pro will already be registered.
If a raster image is georeferenced it will be automatically opened. If a raster image has an associated
world file, you will be prompted to choose the projection. If you open a raster image that does not
have any georeferencing data, you will be prompted to display or register the image.
For a full discussion of raster image display, see Registering SPOT Images in the Help System.
The MapInfo Pro raster handlers support:
• LeadTools to version 15
• MrSID SDK (3.2), to provide support for MG3 files
• Multi-threading; specifically for ECW and the Government handlers (ADRG, ASRP, CADRG, CIB,
NITF)
AirPhotoUSA provides raster images at different elevations for particular areas in the United States.
The AirPhotoUSA map handler allows MapInfo Pro users to open and display the imagery contained
in AirPhotoUSA Map files as a layer. These files are treated just like any other raster file in MapInfo
Pro. The MAPINFOW.PRJ file contains AirPhotoUSA information.
You can use the AirPhotoUSA Conterminous U.S. coordinate system without making any changes.
However, if you want MapInfo Pro to recognize and give a name to that coordinate system, or to
use it for other purposes, you must add it to the MAPINFOW.PRJ.

Understanding the Files Associated with MapInfo Pro Tables

When you open your data file, MapInfo Pro creates a table. This table consists of at least two
separate files. The first file contains the structure of the data. The second file contains the raw data.
All MapInfo Pro tables have the following two files:
• <SOMEFILE>.tab: This file describes the structure of your table. It is a small text file describing
the format of the file containing your data.
• <SOMEFILE>.DAT or <SOMEFILE>.WKS, .DBF, .XLS, .XLSX: These files contain your tabular
data. If you are working with a dBASE/FoxBASE, delimited ASCII, Lotus 1-2-3, Microsoft Excel,

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 117

 Getting Started

or Microsoft Access file, your MapInfo Pro table will consist of a .TAB file and your data or
spreadsheet file. For raster tables, the equivalent extension might be BMP, TIF, or GIF.
Your data may also contain graphic objects. Once you assign X and Y coordinates to your data
records, your table will also contain graphic objects. If you already have graphic objects in your
table, there are two more files associated with the table:
• <SOMEFILE>.MAP: This file describes the graphic objects.
• <SOMEFILE>.ID: This file is a cross reference file that links the data with the objects.
See Geocoding - Assigning Coordinates to Records in the Help System to learn how to assign X
and Y coordinates to your data records so you can display them on a map.
For a Microsoft Access table, there will be a file SOMEFILE.AID associated with the table instead
of SOMEFILE.ID. This file is a cross reference file that links the data with the objects for a Microsoft
Access table.
Your table may also include an index file. The index file allows you to search for map objects using
the Find command. If you want to locate an address, city, or state using the Find command, those
fields must be indexed in your table. The index is located in:
• <SOMEFILE>.IND

Opening Your Data in MapInfo Pro

Using Local Data (Located on your Machine)

You can open your Excel (.XLS or .XLSX), dBase (.DBF), Microsoft Access (.MDB or .ACCDB),
and ASCII (.TXT) in MapInfo Pro and display that data on a map. There are three steps to
accomplishing this:
1. Creating a copy of your data in MapInfo format.
2. Creating points on a map using either coordinates in your data or by matching your data to a
search file (see When Do I Geocode vs. Create Points? for this process).
3. Display your data on the map (see How Do I Get My Data on the Map? in the Help System to
complete this process).

Using Remotely Located Data

If you are accessing your data remotely or use an ODBC supported database product, see Working
with Data in a DBMS in the Help System for additional support.
For information about opening remotely located data, see Opening Data in Remote Tables.
For information about converting, displaying, and printing your data, see Understanding Your Data
in the Help System.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 118

 Getting Started

Using Introductory Data

If your copy of MapInfo Pro includes introductory data, you may want to install it now, as described
in the MapInfo Pro Install Guide. You can then view the sample data in MapInfo Pro as a map while
getting familiar with the features of this product.
• For more information, see Opening MapInfo Pro Introductory Data in the Help System.

MapInfo Pro Data File Support

You can open the following file types in MapInfo Pro on the HOME tab by pointing to Open:
• ACCDB – Microsoft Access 2007 or later files
• CSV – Comma Delimited files
• DBF – dBASE DBF files
• MDB – Microsoft Access files
• TAB – MapInfo .TAB files (includes MapInfo Extended – Type NATIVEX)
• Raster image files – (*.bil, *.sid, *.gen, *.adf, *.img, *.ntf, *.ecw, *.url, *.tif, *.grc, *.bmp, *.gif, *.tga,
*.jpg, *.pcx, *. jp2, *.j2k, *.png, *.psd, *.wmf, *.emf, *.map)
• SHP – ESRI Shapefiles
• TXT – Delimited ASCII files
• WKS – Lotus 1-2-3 files (*.wk1, *.wks, *.wk3, *.wk4)
• WOR – MapInfo workspace files
• MWS – MapInfo workspace files
• XLS – Microsoft Excel files
• XLSX – Microsoft Excel 2007 or later files
• Grid images – (*.adf, *.flt, *.txt, *.asc, *.img, *.dem, *.dt0, *.dt1, *.dt2, *.mig, *.grd). This release
does not support .XLSM and .XLSB Excel files.
• GPKG – GeoPackage files
Note: Grid Format Direct Support: The following grid handlers support direct read of DEM-USGS
Text (.dem); GTOPO30 (.dem) and DTED levels 1, 2, 3 (.dt0, .dt1, .dt2). These grid handlers
are read-only; they cannot be used to create grid files during the Create Grid Thematic
interpolation process.

Importing File Formats

You can import the following file formats into MapInfo Pro using the Universal Translator (on the
HOME tab, point to Open and click Universal Data. From the Specify Data Source dialog, click
Browse the gallery to open the FME Reader Gallery dialog.):
• Autodesk AutoCAD DWG/DXF (.dxf, .dwg) — up to AutoCAD rel 2013
• Bentley MicroStation Design 7 (.dgn)
• Bentley MicroStation Design 8 (.pos, .fc1, .dgn)
• ESRI ArcInfo Export (.e00)

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 119

 Getting Started

• ESRI ArcSDE
• ESRI Geodatabase (File GeoDB API) (.gdb)
• ESRI Geodatabase (Personal Geodatabase) (.mdb)
• GML (Geography Markup Language) (.gml, .xml, .gz)
• Google Earth KML (.kmz, kml)
• OS MasterMap Database – Supports Cadcorp OS MasterMap Database data.
• OS VectorMap District – Reader supports GML data in OS VectorMap District format.
• OS VectorMap Local – Reader supports GML data in OS VectorMap Local format.
• Spatial Data Transfer Standard, such as TR01CATD.DDF (*CATD.DFF)
• Vector Product Format (VPF) Coverage, such as POAREA.AFT, POLINE.LFT, POPOINT.PFT
(.*ft)
You can import the following file formats into MapInfo Pro on the HOME tab by selecting Open and
then pointing to Import:
• DXF – The graphic/data interchange format (DXF) for AutoCAD and other CAD packages
• GML – OS MasterMap format
• GML, XML – Geographic Markup Language (GML) 2.1
• IMG – A file format for MapInfo Pro for DOS image files
• MBI – MapInfo Pro Boundary Interchange format (MBI) An ASCII file for MapInfo DOS boundary
files.
• MIF – MapInfo Pro Interchange Format (MIF) MapInfo Pro’s data interchange format (ASCII file
format).
• MMI – MapInfo DOS MMI
Note: You can download raster handlers for NIMA formats such as ADRG, CADRG, ASRP, CIB,
USRP, and NITF formats from the Pitney Bowes Inc. website or get them from the Installation
DVD.

MapInfo Pro imports graphics and textual information from MapInfo Pro Interchange Format, DXF,
MBI, and MMI files. MapInfo Pro imports only graphics from IMG.
Supported Raster Image File Formats
The following are the Raster image file formats that MapInfo Pro supports:
• ADF – ArcInfo coverage Data File (ADF)
• ASC – ASCII text file
• BIL – Satellite Pour l'Observation de la Terre (SPOT) satellite images Spot Image Formats 1.5
and 4.0: 8 Bit Gray, Format 1.5, 8 Bit Gray, Format 4.0, 24 Bit Color, Format 1.5, 24 Bit Color,
Format 4.0
• BIP – Band Interleaved by Pixel
• BSQ – Band Sequential
• BMP – Windows bitmap (BMP) Monochrome: 8 Bit Color, 24 Bit Color
• DAT – Datum, contain data in text or binary format
• DEM – Digital Elevation Model

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 120

 Getting Started

• DT0, DT1, DT2 – Digital Terrain Elevation Data (DTED) Level 0, 1, and 2
• filename.* – Compressed ARC Digitized Raster Graphic (CADRG) format
• filename.* – Controlled Image Base (CIB) format
• ECW – Enhanced Compression Wavlet (ECW) format handler by ER Mapper
• EMF – Enhanced Metafile Format
• ERS – European Remote Sensing
• FLT – Image Filter (FLT)
• GEN – ARC Digitized Raster Graphic (ADRG) format
• GEN – ARC Standard Raster Product to 1.2 (ASRP) 1.2 format
• GIF – Graphics Interchange Format (GIF)
• GIF – Graphics Interchange Format (GIF89a) non-interlaced only Monochrome: 8 Bit Color
• GRC – Grid, or MapInfo Vertical Mapper
• GRD – Classified Grid, or MapInfo Vertical Mapper
MapInfo Pro treats GRD files as either a grid or raster image. If the associated .TAB file contains
a RasterStyle 6 entry, then MapInfo Pro treats the file as a grid.
• IMG – ERDAS IMAGINE File Format
• JFIF – JPEG File Interchange Format (JFIF)
8 Bit Gray, 24 Bit Color, No Subsampling, 24 Bit Color, YUV422 Subsampling, 24 Bit Color, YUV411
Subsampling
• JP2 – Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) 2000 format
MapInfo Pro supports creating JPEG 2000 files using Save Window As and viewing JPEG 2000
files using the LeadTools raster handler.
• JPG – Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPG)
• JPEG – Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG)
8 Bit Gray, 24 Bit Color, No Subsampling, 24 Bit Color, YUV422 Subsampling, 24 Bit Color, YUV411
Subsampling
• MRR – Multi-Resolution Raster
• NTF – National Imagery Transmission Format (NITF) version 2.x format
• PCX – ZSoft Paintbrush
• PCX – Format Version 5 (Paintbrush Version 3.0)
Monochrome, 8 Bit Gray, 8 Bit Color, 24 Bit Color
• PNG – Portable Network Graphics (PNG) format
• PSD – Photoshop 3.0
• SID – MrSID format
The MrSID raster handler allows you to open and display raster images compressed in the MrSID
format
• TGA – Targa

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 121

 Getting Started

TGA Truevision File Format Specification 2.0. 8 Bit Gray, 8 Bit Color, 24 Bit Color
• TIF – Geographic Tagged Image File Format (GeoTIFF)
• TIF – Tagged Image File Format (TIFF)
TIFF Revision 5.0, Monochrome (Class B), Uncompressed, Monochrome (Class B), PackBits
Compression, 8 Bit Gray (Class G), Uncompressed, 8 Bit Color (Class P), Uncompressed, 24 Bit
Color (Class R), Uncompressed
• TIF – Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) CMYK
• TIF – Tagged Information File Format (TIFF) CCITT Group 4
• TIF – Tagged Information File Format (TIFF) LZW
• TXT – Text
• URL – Uniform Resource Locator
• VRT – Virtual Format
• WMF – Windows Metafile Format(WMF)
The raster handler will load a rasterized version of the WMF file.
• ZIP – a compressed file containing raster format files

File Limitations for MapInfo Pro Supported Formats

Keep the following notes in mind when working with these MapInfo formats:
• MapInfo Pro only supports the DXF file import to release 13: on the HOME tab, point to Open,
and click Import. This has been superseded by the Universal Translator and Open Universal Data
feature.
• The Open Universal Data feature supports all DWG and DXF formats up to the AutoCAD release
2013. While it is our company’s intention to keep pace with the new releases of FME, if you extend
the application to import AutoCAD DWG and DXF files using a newer version of FME before we
have upgraded our product, errors may occur.
• You can have maximum 500 files open at a time in MapInfo Pro if you remove the
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\MapInfo\MapInfo\Common Max Files registry key.
• You can have up to 125 files open at a time for editing in MapInfo Pro.

Feature Manipulation Engine (FME) Format Support

MapInfo Pro installs with the Feature Manipulation Engine (FME) 2018, which lets you open data
directly to avoid having to translate it separately and work with copies of the data in .tab format. This
FME opens following Universal Data formats:
• Autodesk AutoCAD DWG/DXF – Supports AutoCAD file versions up to and including 2013
• Bentley MicroStation Design (V7) – Supports Intergraph Standard File Format (ISFF) Version 7
• Bentley MicroStation Design (V8) – Supports Intergraph Standard File Format (ISFF) Version 8
• ESRI ArcInfo Export (.e00) – Supports ArcGIS 10.x
• ESRI ArcSDE – Supports ArcSDE 10.x

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 122

 Getting Started

• ESRI Geodatabase (File Geodatabase API) - Supports 10.0 File Geodatabases or higher
• ESRI Geodatabase (Personal Geodatabase) – Supports ArcGIS 10.x
• ESRI Shapefile (*.SHZ, *.SHP)
• Geography Markup Language (GML) - Reader supports GML versions 2.1.2, 3.1.1, and 3.2.1 and
Writer supports GML versions 3.1.1 and 3.2.1
• Google KML – Supports KML 2.2
• OS MasterMap Database – Supports Cadcorp OS MasterMap Database data.
• OS VectorMap District – Reader supports GML data in OS VectorMap District format.
• OS VectorMap Local – Reader supports GML data in OS VectorMap Local format.
• Spatial Data Transfer Standard (SDTS) - Supports USGS DLG datasets that adheres to the SDTS
Topological Vector Profile (TVP) and USGS Digital Elevation Model (DEM) datasets that adhere
to the SDTS Raster Profile
• Vector Product Format (VPF) Coverage - Supports VPF data that is stored in a structure described
in the Military Standard, Vector Product Format, MIL-STD-2407
Note: MapInfo Pro installs with a subset of FME that supports a limited number of formats. You can install the com
FME Suite from Safe Software for additional formats, and use it with mapInfo Pro. See Working with the
Suite for details. For the list of formats supported by the FME suit, see:
http://docs.safe.com/fme/html/FME_Desktop_Documentation/FME_ReadersWriters/Format-List-All

To open these data formats in MapInfo Pro, on the HOME tab, point to Open and select Universal
Data.
To translate TAB files using FME in MapInfo Pro, on the HOME tab, in the Tools group, click Tool
Extensions, and select Universal Translator.
To see what is new in FME 2016, see http://www.safe.com/fme/new.

Opening MapInfo Tables

Just about everything in MapInfo Pro starts with opening a table. You can display the information
in your tables in a number of ways in MapInfo Pro, as a table, in a browser, and on a map.
To open a local table (which is a data file on your machine):
1. On the HOME tab, on the File group, in the Open list, click Table to open the Open dialog box.
Note: If you are at the Quick Start dialog box (the first dialog box you see after starting MapInfo
Pro), choose the Open button. The Open dialog box displays.

2. Navigate to the data file you want to open. From the Files of type drop-down list, select the type
of data you will open.
3. From the Preferred View drop-down list, select the view you want of this data.
• Automatic - MapInfo Pro chooses the most appropriate view. If the data is mappable (for
example, graphic objects are attached to the data), for example, MapInfo Pro opens the table

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 123

 Getting Started

in a Map window. If you have a Map window displayed and the table you want to open is
mappable, MapInfo Pro will automatically open the table in the current Map window. If the data
is not mappable, MapInfo Pro will attempt to open the table in a Browser window. If the table
cannot be mapped or browsed, MapInfo Pro opens the table using the No View option (no data
is displayed).
• Browser - MapInfo Pro attempts to open the table in a Browser window.
• Current Mapper - MapInfo Pro attempts to add your data to the current Map window.
• New Mapper - MapInfo Pro attempts to open the table in a new Map window.
• No View - MapInfo Pro opens the table making the data available for other uses, but no data
is displayed.
Note: When you open a table and select an option in the Preferred View drop-down list,
MapInfo Pro remembers what you selected and uses the same option the next time you
open a table.

4. Select the Create copy in MapInfo format for read/write check box to open it in native (.tab) format.
Note: If you do not select the Create copy check box, the file opens read-only.

5. To open the file, do one of the following:

• Double click the file you want to open
• Click the file you want to open to highlight it in the list and click Open.
Using either method, MapInfo Pro opens the data file.

When opening multiple tables, use Shift-click to select adjacent tables and Ctrl-click to select
non-adjacent tables.
Note that although a MapInfo Pro table consists of two or more component files (STATES.TAB,
STATES.DAT, STATES.MAP, etc.), only the .TAB file appears in the File Name box of the Open
dialog box. It is the only component file you must open. For more about these other MapInfo file
types, see Understanding the Files Associated with MapInfo Pro Tables.
In MapInfo Pro you can work with a variety of table types. Some data tables are like the example
table we just discussed. Further subdividing this class of tables are data tables that contain graphic
objects (map objects) and data tables that do not (such as spreadsheets or external database
tables). Raster tables are graphic images that you can display in a Map window. These computerized
pictures do not have the same table structure of record, field, and index as data tables do, and
therefore, will not be discussed in this chapter.
For more on raster images, see Working with Raster Images in the MapInfo Pro Help System.
You can see what windows are currently open by reviewing the list at the bottom of the Explorer
window.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 124

 Getting Started

You can open additional tables to add more information (layers) to the Map window. If you want the
second table to display in the current Map window, leave the Automatic option selected in the
Preferred View list. MapInfo Pro displays the table in the current Map window automatically.
If you do not want the table to display with the first map, choose New Mapper. MapInfo Pro opens
a second table in its own Map window.
To set a default path you want MapInfo Pro to use when opening tables, select new directories in
the Directories Preferences dialog box. Here, you can also set default paths for workspaces,
MapBasic programs, Import files, and DBMS SQL queries.
See Setting your Directory Preferences in the Help System.
Note: If your data file does not contain graphic objects, you will not be able to display the table in
a Map window. You can only bring it up in a Browser. You must first geocode the table to
display it as a map.
Geocoding is discussed more fully in Geocoding - Assigning Coordinates to Records in the
Help System.

Use the Places Bar to quickly access a specified directory. There are four MapInfo Pro Places
options: Table; Workspaces; Import Files; Remote Tables. Designate each directory path in the
Directories Preferences dialog box.
In MapInfo Pro you can work with a variety of table types. Some data tables are like the example
table we just discussed. Further subdividing this class of tables are data tables that contain graphic
objects (map objects) and data tables that do not (such as spreadsheets or external database
tables). Raster tables are graphic images that you can display in a Map window. These computerized
pictures do not have the same table structure of record, field, and index as data tables do, and
therefore, will not be discussed in this chapter. You can see what windows are currently open by
reviewing the list at the bottom of the Explorer window.

A Note about the Preferred View Options

Of the five Preferred View options, Automatic and No View will work on all tables, regardless of what
kind of data they contain.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 125

 Getting Started

MapInfo Pro attempts to open the table as specified for Browser, Current Mapper, and New Mapper.
If it cannot, it will open the table according to the following rules:
• If Current Mapper is selected, and there is no Map window displayed, MapInfo Pro will attempt to
open the table in a new Map window.
• If Current Mapper or New Mapper is selected and the data is not mappable, MapInfo Pro will try
to open the table in a Browser window.
• If the table cannot be mapped or browsed, MapInfo Pro opens the table using the No View option
(no data is displayed). You will see it in the Tables list in the Explorer window.
For more information, see Renaming a Table and Deleting a Table.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 126

 Getting Started

Renaming a Table

A MapInfo Pro table consists of several component files. When you rename a table using the Rename
Table command, MapInfo Pro automatically renames that table's component files. When you rename
a table through the Windows File manager, you have to be sure that you rename all of the component
files.
To rename a table:
1. On the TABLE tab, in the Maintenance group, click Table, and Rename Table. A dialog box with
a drop-down list of all open tables displays.
2. Choose the table you want to rename from this list and click the Rename button.
3. Type the new name into File Name.
4. Choose the directory where you want to put your renamed table.
5. Click OK.
Note: When you rename a table, any workspaces containing that table are affected. When you
want to continue using those workspaces, you should edit the workspace file so that it uses
the new table name. You can edit a workspace file in any text editor or word processor.

Deleting a Table

To delete a table:
1. On the TABLE tab, in the Maintenance group, click Table, and Delete Table to open a dialog box
with a drop-down list of all open tables.
2. Choose the table you want to delete from this list and click the Delete button.
3. Click OK.
Deleting a table allows you to remove the .TAB file and all component files associated with the table.
Deleting a raster table only deletes the *.tab file. Deleting a grid file removes both the *.tab and grid
file. Deleting a GeoPackage table deletes the *.tab file and all associated component files. If a
GeoPackage has only one table, using this command will delete only the table and associate files,
not the GeoPackage file.

Opening Data in Remote Tables

MapInfo Pro also enables you to access remote database data through its ODBC connectivity
support and the Oracle Spatial Object support. The MapInfo Pro ODBC connectivity support supplies
many ODBC drivers that you can easily install.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 127

 Getting Started

Oracle spatial databases store spatial objects with your conventional data in the same database.
This enables you to read and write geographies in Oracle Spatial without the need for a middleware
product or SDE. You also gain better performance through the Oracle Call Interface (OCI). In addition,
Oracle applications can use this same spatial or non-spatial data through other interfaces (ODBC,
OCI, JDBC, PL/SQL, HTTP, IIOP) or use other spatial or non-spatial commands (MapInfo Pro,
ArcView, Intergraph, Excel, Forte, Formida).
For more about accessing remote data using ODBC connectivity, see Setting your Database
Connection Preferences in the Help System.

Using the MapInfo Places on Open Dialog Box

The Open dialog box provides a quick way to look for maps you have created.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 128

 Getting Started

The Places box. Select the Workspaces Directory option in the Places box, to display the Workspace
(.wor) type in the Files of Type list. If you select any other entry in the Places box, MapInfo (.tab)
displays in the Files of type list.
The Open dialog box provides many ways to quickly find the maps that you have created in a variety
of locations in your system and network.
Note: The Places box on the left side of the Open dialog box allows you to select a directory in
which you may have your map and other MapInfo Pro tables and workspaces.

When you select the Workspaces Directory option in the Places box, the Files of type drop-down
list changes to Workspace (.wor) type. If you select any other entry in the Places box, MapInfo (.tab)
displays in the Files of type list.

Opening MapInfo Pro Introductory Data

Pitney Bowes Inc. supplies introductory maps and refining data that you can use to plot your own
information. This is a separate installation that is available on the MapInfo Pro DVD.
To access and open the sample data:
1. On the HOME, TABLE, or MAP tabs, in the Open list, click Table to display the Open dialog box.
2. Navigate to your data directory and double click the Data folder in the list.
3. To open the data file, do one of the following:
• Double click the directory that contains the data you want until you see a list of .TAB files.
• Select the .TAB file you want to open and click Open to display it.

Using either method the data file opens.

We recommend that you play with this data when you first get started to get a feel for what data is
in these directories and to become familiar with the process.

Opening Special File Types

There are additional file types that MapInfo Pro can read including rasters, grids, and shape files.
For details about working with raster images, see Support for Raster Images.

Opening a Grid Layer

A grid layer is a type of thematic map that displays data as continuous color gradations across the
map. To produce this type of thematic map, you interpolate point data from the source table. In
MapInfo Pro, a grid file from the data interpolation is generated and displays as a raster image in a
Map window.
To open a grid layer:
1. On the HOME tab, in the File group, in the Open list, click Table to display the Open dialog box.
2. Select Grid Image in the Files of type drop-down list.
3. Navigate to the directory in which your grid image is located and click the file you want to open.
4. Click Open to display the grid image.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 129

 Getting Started

Selecting Point Objects in Grid Files

Selecting point objects can be difficult in maps that contain hill shades and grids.
For best results when selecting most point objects, position the Select command in the center of
the symbol. However, some symbols have a hot spot that you must hit. For the small flag on a pole
(like those used to mark the hole on a golf course), the hot spot is at the base of the pole. In the
case of arrows, the hot spot is the point.

Understanding Your Data in MapInfo Pro

Computer maps are organized into layers. Think of the layers as transparencies that are stacked
on top of one another. Each layer contains different aspects of the whole map.

What is a Layer?

In MapInfo Pro you begin by opening your table of data and displaying it in a Map window. Each
table displays as a separate layer. Each layer contains the table plus any map objects, such as
regions, points, lines, and text. Additionally, the layer contains style overrides and zoom layering
characteristics that you can add to give the layer more or less prominence in the Map window.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 130

 Getting Started

Figure: Map Layers Example

Map layers form the building blocks of maps in MapInfo Pro. Once you have created your layers,
you can customize them in a variety of ways, add and delete layers, or reorder them.
For example, one layer may contain state boundaries, a second layer may have symbols that
represent capitals, and a third layer might consist of text labels. By stacking these layers one on
top of the other, you begin to build a complete map. You can display one, two, or many tables at a
time.

Map Objects as Part of Layers

Maps in MapInfo Pro are made up of layers of map objects. There are five basic types of objects:
• Regions: closed objects that cover a given area. These include polygons, ellipses, and rectangles.
For example, country boundaries, postal code boundaries, sales territories.
• Point objects: represent single locations of data. For example, customer locations, restaurants,
parking meters. Points can also be combined into multipoint objects.
• Line objects: open objects that cover a given distance. These include lines, polylines, and arcs.
Examples are streets, rivers, power lines.
• Text objects: text that describes a map or another object, such as labels and titles.
• Collection objects: combination of region, line, and multipoint objects.
You can have each type of object in a separate layer (most common), or you can combine objects
in the same layer. MapInfo Pro lets you create, edit, customize, and display these objects to make
maps that meet your needs.
For information about drawing and editing map objects, see Drawing and Editing Objects in the Help
System.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 131

 Getting Started

Moving Map Objects

You can move map objects in the Map window using the mouse and keyboard controls, or by setting
a precise distance and direction using the SPATIAL tab, in the Edit group, click Offset Object. With
Offset Object, you can select objects from any layer and save a copy to the editable layer.
To move object using the mouse and/or keyboard controls:
1. Click your map to make it active.
2. In the Layers window click the Editable icon to make the layer editable.
3. Select the object using the Select button (on the MAP tab, in the Selection group, click Select,
and Select). Do one of the following:
• To move the selected object freehand, hold down the mouse button and drag the object to its
new location.
• To move the selected object one screen pixel at a time, press Ctrl plus the Up, Down, Left, and
Right Arrow keys.
• To move the selected object 10 screen pixels at a time, press the Ctrl+Shift keys and the Arrow
keys together.

Note: Since the moves are made in screen pixels, the zoom level affects how far the object is
moved.

You can move several objects at a time. Once you have chosen multiple objects, using any MapInfo
Pro selection technique, place the cursor on any one of them and proceed as if you were selecting
a single object. When you move the objects, all of them move at once, maintaining their positions
relative to one another.
To move objects using a precise direction and distance:
1. Click your map to make it active.
2. In the Layers window click the Editable icon to make the layer editable.
3. Select the object(s). It does not have to be contained in the editable layer.
4. On the SPATIAL tab, in the Edit group, click Offset Objects to open the Offset Objects dialog
box.
5. Specify the angle and/or distance to move the objects.
6. To create a copy of the object during the move, choose Create Copy. The copy will be placed in
the editable layer in the new location. Click Next. The Data Aggregation dialog box displays.
Skip to step 8.
7. To move the objects without making a copy, choose Move Objects. Click OK.
8. Choose the appropriate aggregation method (blank or value) that will be applied to the moved
object. Click Back to return to the Offset Objects dialog box. Click OK to complete the
move/aggregation operation.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 132

 Getting Started

Managing a Map's Layers

The key to controlling your map layers is the Layers window. The window shows all the layers that
make up a Map window and the status of the layer attributes. These attributes are: Visible On/Off,
Style Override, Editable, Selectable, and Automatic Labels. ToolTips display over the attribute when
you move your cursor over them to help familiarize yourself with each one. It is easy to change a
layer's, or multiple layers', attributes.
You also have options available to change the display and label settings; modify any thematic maps
you have displayed; and reorder, add, or remove layers. See Working with Layers in the Layers
Window for details about working with the map layers.

Displaying the Entire Map or a Map Layer

In the View Entire Layer dialog box, you can pick an individual layer to view or pick All Layers and
view the entire map. This option is important because your map might contain layers that cover
different amounts of territory.
For example, you have a map containing New York counties and highways, ZIP Codes, and streets
for Utica. If you choose All Layers, MapInfo Pro will zoom you out to see the entire map. But if you
are only interested in viewing Utica streets, you should pick that layer. Then MapInfo Pro will zoom
out only as far as needed to display those streets.
Note: Many maps, such as MapInfo Pro's StreetInfo maps, are so large that View Entire Layer will
take a long time to display when zoomed out all the way. We suggest that you use View
Entire Layer, then interrupt the display of the map (by Esc or by pressing the right
mouse-button), and zoom in on the section you are interested in.

To display an entire map or map layer:

1. On the MAP tab, in the Navigate group, click Zoom To, and Entire Layer.
The map redraws to bring the entire layer in to view in the Map window.

To display an entire selected layer:

1. Select an object from the layer on the map.
2. Right-click to display the context pop-up menu, and select View Entire Selection Layer. (This
selection options do not apply to seamless tables.)

Duplicating a Map Window

If you want to do what if planning or you want to see how different types of information will display
side-by-side, it may be useful to make a clone of your existing map.
To duplicate a Map window:
• On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click New Document, and click Clone Window from the
list, to open a clone of the active Map window.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 133

 Getting Started

Moving the Map View to Show a New Location

The Move To command re-centers the map view to a new location by address or place name.
This feature is only available to MapInfo Pro Premium Option holders. The evaluation version of
MapInfo Pro includes a preview of this feature, but after activating your MapInfo Pro license, you
require the Premium Option to access it.
To recenter the map view to a new location:
1. On the MAP tab, in the Navigate group, click Move To.
2. In the Move Map To window, type an address or place name in the Enter Address and/or Place
box and then click the Find button (or press Enter).
3. In the Results list, double click the address that you want to view in the Map window.
The map view re-centers to display your selection.
Select either the Preserve Current Scale or Zoom to Best View radio button to use the current map
scale or to zoom on the map to a better view for the address or place you are re-centering the map
to. Your selection persists between sessions.

Specifying Polygon Objects Attributes

Use the Polygon Object dialog box to determine the polygon's location, length, line segments,
sections, smoothness, bounds, and center.
To specify polygon object attributes:
Note: The object must be editable (reside in an editable layer) before you can specify attributes.

1. Make the layer containing the map object editable. Either:

• On the Explorer window, in the Maps panel, highlight a layer and click the Editable icon to
make the layer editable.
• Select the layer on the map, right-click to display the context pop-up menu, and select Make
Selection Editable.

2. Do one of the following to access the Polygon Object dialog box:

• Select a polygon and press F7.
• Double-click the polygon.

3. Specify attributes for the polygon.

4. Click OK.

Specifying Polyline Objects Attributes

Use the Polyline Object dialog box to determine the polyline's location, length, line segments,
sections, and smoothness.
Note: The object must be editable (reside in an editable layer) before you can specify attributes.

To specify polyline object attributes:

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 134

 Getting Started

1. Make the layer containing the map object editable. Either:

• On the Explorer window, in the Maps panel, highlight a layer and click the Editable icon to
make the layer editable.
• Select the layer on the map, right-click to display the context pop-up menu, and select Make
Selection Editable.

2. Do one of the following to access the Polyline Object dialog box:

• Select a polyline and press F7.
• Double-click the polyline.

3. Specify attributes for the polyline.

4. Click OK.

Specifying Rectangle Object Attributes

To specify the attributes of a Rectangle:
The object must be editable (reside in an editable layer) before you can specify attributes.
1. Make the layer containing the map object editable. Either:
• On the Explorer window, in the Maps panel, highlight a layer and click the Editable icon to
make the layer editable.
• Select the layer on the map, right-click to display the context pop-up menu, and select Make
Selection Editable.

2. Do one of the following to access the Rectangle Object dialog box:

• Select a rectangle object and press F7.
• Double-click the rectangle object.

3. Specify attributes for the polyline.

4. Click OK.

Specifying Rounded Rectangle Object Attributes

Note: The object must be editable (reside in an editable layer) before you can specify attributes.

To specify rounded rectangle attributes:

1. Make the layer containing the map object editable. Either:
• On the Explorer window, in the Maps panel, highlight a layer and click the Editable icon to
make the layer editable.
• Select the layer on the map, right-click to display the context pop-up menu, and select Make
Selection Editable.

2. Do one of the following to access the Rounded Rectangle Object dialog box:
• Select a rounded rectangle and press F7.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 135

 Getting Started

• Double-click the rounded rectangle.

3. Specify attributes for the rounded rectangle.

4. Click OK.

Using Workspaces

Introduction

A workspace is a list of all the tables, windows, and settings you are using, stored in a file with the
extension .WOR or .MWS. Workspaces are a convenient way to return to a previously created map
without having to open each table file individually. The workspace keeps track of the following
elements:
• Map, Browser, 3DMap, Layout, and Layout windows, including their size and position
• Query tables created from base tables using either the Select or SQL Select statements (queries
on queries will not be saved)
• Thematic maps
• Legend Designer windows
• Cosmetic objects
• Labels
• Styles for fonts, symbols, lines, and fill patterns used to display objects
A .WOR file is a MapInfo Pro workspace file containing un-compiled MapBasic code that MapInfo
Pro interprets to open a session with tables, windows, and settings the way a user left it. It is MapInfo
Pro version-specific depending on features used in it.
A .MWS workspace file originates from the MapXtreme product line and is comprised of XML code
to do things similar to a MapInfo Workspace *.wor with some limitations.
To view the contents in the workspace file, open the .WOR or .MWS file in MapInfo Pro, a text editor
or word processor.
Note: When you save a workspace, you cannot save any references to selections or queries made
by the Selection commands or the Query options.

You can use the Workspace Packager tool to create a copy of your current workspace in a new
folder, and copy all the data referenced by the workspace in the same folder. Using this tool, the
workspace looks to these internal references to find the data and .TAB file, so you can open this
workspace no matter where you have moved or copied that folder, even if you move it to a different
computer. To access this tool look in the Tools Manager (on the HOME tab, click Tools, click Options,
and Run Program, and then choose Packager.MBX).

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 136

 Getting Started

Opening a Workspace

Any previously opened tables and windows will be left untouched when you open a workspace.
However, to avoid cluttering up your screen with unnecessary windows, use the Close All command
on the HOME tab before adding the workspace.
There are two MapInfo workspace formats, WOR and MWS. A .wor file is written using MapBasic
and a .mws file is written using XML. The MWS format contains more information about the data
sources than the WOR format does. MapInfo Pro works with both workspace formats, but other
MapInfo products may work with only one of the two formats.
MapInfo Pro has some limitations opening a .mws file and may not read all of the information
contained within it. For details, see Limitations opening a MWS Format Workspace.
To open either a .wor or a .mws workspace:
1. On the HOME tab, in the File group, from the Open list, click Open Workspace.
2. In the Open dialog box, from the Files of type list, select Workspace (*.wor, *.mws).
3. From the Look in list, navigate to and select the workspace (.wor or .mws) file to open.
4. Click Open.
Note: When you exit MapInfo Pro, the MapInfo Pro workspace (MAPINFOPRO.WOR) stores the
last session (unless you have set your preferences so that the workspace will not be written).
If there are files you do not want added to your workspace, close them before exiting.

Opening Multiple Workspaces

To open multiple workspaces:

1. On the HOME tab, click Open, and Open Workspace.
2. In the Open dialog box, from the Look in list, navigate to and select the workspace (.mws) files
to open.
• To open a contiguous block of workspaces, select the first workspace that you want and then
press the Shift key while selecting the last workspace that you want.
• To open multiple workspaces that are out of sequence, press the Ctrl key while selecting the
workspaces.
To deselect workspaces, press the Ctrl key while clicking the workspaces.

3. Click Open.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 137

 Getting Started

Reading Labels from a MapInfo Workspace File (MWS)

MapInfo Pro reads basic label information from MWS files created in MapInfo Pro or MapXtreme's
Workspace Manager.
The following is a list of label properties that can be read in:
• Label expression if it is a simple column identifier
• Font style
• Callout line style
• Label placement (center center; centre left, etc.)
• Label orientation (horizontal, rotated, curved)
• Label offset
• Label visibility including zoom range
• Label adjustments like discarding overlaps, labeling partially visible objects, etc.
• Custom labels - all properties
The MWS schema supports more options for labels than MapInfo Pro supports. Therefore, MWS
files created with Workspace Manager may lose some label information when imported into MapInfo
Pro.

MWS Element/Option Description

LabelLayer Visibility Label sources inherit the parent label layer visibility.

LabelSource Visibility If there are multiple LabelSources for one feature layer
without zoom enabled, then the top visible label layer is
added.
If there are no visible label layers, then the top invisible label
layer is added.
If there are multiple LabelSources with zoom ranges, then
one label layer is chosen as a base label layer and all others
are added as label overrides.
The logic for finding a base label is:

• When there are visible layers without zoom range, set the
top visible layer without zoom range as a base layer
• Or else when there are visible layers with zoom range,
set the last visible layer with zoom range as a base layer.
• Or else when there are no visible layers, set the top
non-visible layer without a zoom range as the base layer
• Or else set the last non-visible layer with zoom range as
the base layer.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 138

 Getting Started

MWS Element/Option Description

Other label layers are added as label overrides when:

1. They have zoom range information and zoom ranges
are enabled.
2. The ranges are not completely within any previous label
override's zoom ranges.
If the range intersects (but not completely within) all previous
override ranges, then the label override is added; in this
case, ranges are modified to not override previous label
overrides. If the range is wider on both ends, then two
overrides are added instead of one.
The base label zoom is the union of all override zoom
ranges.

LabelProperties LabelVisibility This is on the AutoLabel tab in the Workspace Manager.

The "Create labels automatically" option in the Workspace
Manager maps to auto labels On/Off ("Label Auto On/Off"
in MapBasic).
There is no direct mapping of the zoom range in MapInfo
Pro, so this is ignored.

Modifier Edited Labels Visible custom labels are imported into MapInfo Pro. Only
the custom labels that are visible are imported.
(LabelSelectionTheme Visibility)

Thematic Modifier No mapping; there is no support for label themes.

About Writing Label Overrides to a MapInfo Workspace File (MWS)

Label override information is written as additional LabelSource XML elements within one LabelLayer
XML element. The base label layer information is added as the last LabelSource element. (Prior to
11.0.3, MapInfo Pro added label layers allowing overlaps within a separate LabelLayer element.)
The following rules apply when writing label information to a MWS:
• All overrides inherit the Auto property from the base label layer.
• If the base layer is invisible, then all label overrides are set as invisible in the MWS workspace,
so that MapInfo Pro and MapXtreme can read the workspace properly.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 139

 Getting Started

Limitations opening a MWS Format Workspace

MapInfo Pro opens and saves to both .wor and .mws formats. When opening a .mws format
workspaces, if there is more than one base layer from the same data source, then all charts are put
on the top layers. This is because they relate to the data sources in the MWS file and not to layers.

Original Layer List in Workspace Layer List after Opening Workspace

Cosmetic Cosmetic
Graduated Symbols Graduated Symbols
Major Cities Population Pie Charts
Population Pie Charts Major Cities
Major Cities Major Cities

When MapInfo Pro saves a MWS workspace, it saves the layers in a group layer, but does not save
the group layer.

About Reading/Writing Translucency Settings for a Workspace File (MWS)

MapInfo Pro includes Layer Translucency, Style Override Translucency, and Label Translucency
settings.
The MWS schema supports more options for translucency settings than MapInfo Pro supports; the
MWS Schema translucency factor is set at the geometry level, and the MapInfo Pro translucency
settings are for the entire layer. If you divide a Region object into Area and Line (Border) geometries,
a MWS Schema applies independent translucency for each geometry, and MapInfo Pro treats the
whole region as one layer with only one translucency setting for the region. As a result, the
translucency setting for a MWS file in MapInfo Pro is adjusted to fit the MWS schema.
Saving (writing) a MWS File from MapInfo Pro with a translucency setting:
• While writing translucency setting for a layer to a MWS file, MapInfo Pro writes the translucency
setting to all the underlying geometry objects of the layer in the MWS file. If there is a region object
in a layer then the setting gets written to both its Area and Line (Border).
Opening (reading) a MWS File from MapInfo Pro with a translucency setting:
• The MWS schema translucency setting is at the geometry level, so the first geometry that has a
translucency setting is used as the translucency setting for that entire layer in MapInfo Pro.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 140

 Getting Started

Saving a file with a translucency setting from MapInfo Pro writes the same setting to all geometry
layers.
Saving a MWS file from other Pitney Bowes Inc. products that support the MWS workspace format,
such as a MapXtreme.NET's Workspace Manager, and that support separate geometry level settings
may not display as expected. Opening a MWS file in MapInfo Pro that has different translucency
settings for each geometry object in the layer causes MapInfo Pro to use the first translucency
setting for that layer to the entire layer. MapInfo Pro ignores all other geometry translucency settings
for that layer.
Consequently, how translucency displays depends on the product. MapXtreme.NET supports
translucency settings for each geometry in the layer for example. Opening this file in MapInfo Pro
causes MapInfo Pro to apply only one translucency to the entire layer and ignore all other translucency
settings.

How Renaming Tables Affects Workspaces

When you change the name of a table listed in a workspace, you invalidate the workspace. Table
names are stored in the workspace file, so if change it, the workspace cannot find it.
For example, if you create a workspace called CUSTOMER.WOR that contains the STATES table.
If you later rename the STATES table to AMERICA, MapInfo Pro will not be able to open the
CUSTOMER.WOR workspace. It will try to open the STATES table and not be able to locate it.
There are three ways to avoid this problem:
• Make any table name changes before you start to build workspaces.
• Open the workspace file in any text editor and manually change the table names.
• Open a workspace. Rename the table(s) using the Rename Table dialog box and immediately
save the workspace.

Saving Printer Information to a Workspace

MapInfo Pro enables you to save your printer information to a workspace, and restore printer
information from a workspace. These settings are located in the Startup preferences (on the PRO
tab, click Options, and Startup). To save printer information to a workspace, check the Save Printer
Information into Workspaces option. Subsequently, when you save your workspace, the printer
name, paper orientation, paper size, and the number of copies are saved. When this preference is
on, the printer settings are saved in a workspace file.
Note: We recommend that you leave this preference on.

To restore printer information from a workspace, select the Restore Printer Information from
Workspaces option. When you open the workspace, the printer name, paper orientation, paper size,

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 141

 Getting Started

and the number of copies are restored. This is useful if you are sharing workspaces with other
MapInfo Pro 6.0 or later users who are also using the same printers. You may want to leave it off if
you want to send the workspace to someone who is using a different printer. If this preference is
turned off, MapInfo Pro uses the default printer selected in the Printer preferences.
Note: You can get additional printer advice in the MapInfo Pro Printing Guide, which is located in
the Documentation subfolder of your installation directory.

Reviewing the Windows in MapInfo Pro

Introduction

MapInfo Pro allows you to display your data in many different windows and with different views at
the same time. For instance, you can display the WORLD table of country boundaries in a Map
window to view the geographic boundaries. At the same time you can display the tabular data of
the WORLD table in a Browser window to see the country names, population, and other data in the
file. If you make a change in either window, it is reflected in the other.
Only one view can be active at a time. To make a different window active, click its title bar.
There are many different types of windows you can display your data in, depending upon what you
need your data to communicate. This section covers the many ways you can display your data using
MapInfo Pro. Each of these display methods: map, list, and presentation give your information a
different impact. How you display the information you have should depend upon what effect you
want.
Consider these options carefully before you select a display type.
• Explorer windows present all open maps, tables, windows, tools and connections in one convenient
place.
• Map windows present information arranged as conventional maps, allowing you to visualize the
geographic patterns of your data (for details, see Displaying Data in a Map Window). In addition,
Legend Designer windows present information arranged as map legends, so that you can
understand the symbols and themes used in the map (for details, see Creating a Legend for your
Map) in the Help System.
• Browser windows present information as tabular lists (just as conventional databases do), allowing
you to fully examine tabular data (for details, see Displaying Data in a Browser Window).
• Layout windows present information in a polished and attractive way and can be embedded in
other applications such as Microsoft Word or PowerPoint For details about the Layout window,
see About Map Layouts in the MapInfo Pro: Preparing Maps for Publishing Guide.
Note: To switch between windows to change which is active, press the Ctrl+Tab keys.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 142

 Getting Started

Explorer Window

The Explorer window displays all open maps, tables, windows, commands and connections in one
convenient place.
To open the Explorer window, on the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and
click Explorer from the list. Like other MapInfo Pro windows, you can position it as a floating, docked,
or tabbed window, and show, hide or auto-hide it.
To search for any open resource, type a search term in the Search box and click the Search button.
All resources that match the search term are returned. To clear the search box, click the Clear
Search button.
Use the Explorer window to manage layer visibility, selectability, editability, labeling, styling. See
Working with Layers in the Explorer Window.
Each section of the Explorer window includes a context menu to reach commands specific to the
contents. For example, in the Layers section, when you right-click on a map name, you can rename
it, access the Map Options dialog box or change the label priorities. Right-click on a table name in
the Tables section to change the table structure, update a column or add the table to the Catalog
Browser.
To show or hide any of the sections, and to reset the height of each section, on the PRO tab, select
Options, and click Explorer.

Displaying Data in a Map Window

You use Map windows to display the geographic objects from your table on a map. Map windows
can display information from many tables at once, with each table a separate layer.

Opening a Table in a Map Window

You can create your maps or edit existing maps. You can open a Map window on the HOME tab,
in the File group, from the Open list, by clicking Table and navigating to one or more tables.
Alternatively, on the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click New Document, and click Map from
the list, to create a new map from a list of open tables.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 143

 Getting Started

Getting Around in the Map Window

There are a wide variety of commands that allow you to zoom, pan, and move objects around the
Map window. Zooming allows you to look more closely or more widely at a particular geography.
Panning allows you to move around a map left, right, up, and down. Moving selected objects in an
editable layer is useful when you want to get your map right.
You can zoom using the mouse wheel or use the + and - keys on the keyboard, to zoom in and out
more precisely.
• When you press +, you zoom in by a factor of 2.
• When you press -, you zoom out by a factor of .5.
You can pan in your Map window using the scroll bars or the Arrow keys Up, Down, Left, and Right.
Further, you can move an object in an editable layer more precisely by selecting it and using the
following key combinations.
• Ctrl+Arrow moves the editable, selected objects 1 pixel at a time
• Ctrl+Shift+Arrow moves the editable, selected objects 10 pixels at a time
Note: These commands also apply to maps embedded in a Layout window.

Changing a Map's Zoom Level

You change a map's zoom level by specifying certain parameters in the Change View dialog box.
To change a map's zoom level right-click on the Map window and click Change View to open the
Change View dialog box.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 144

 Getting Started

The Change View dialog box allows you to set various parameters of the map including:
• Display the current zoom, scale or cursor position in the status bar (the default unit of distance is
miles which is specified on the MAP tab, in the Options group, by clicking Map Options).
• Change the zoom, scale, and the center point of the current map view.
• Behavior of the map when you resize the window.
• Resize the map to fit the new window, keeping the view the same.
• Set the map to preserve the current scale, so that resizing the window has the effect of letting you
see more or less of the map.

Setting Margins for a Map Window when Printing

To specify margin settings:
1. Make the Map window active.
2. On the HOME tab, in the Output group, click Page Setup to open the Page Setup dialog box.
3. Specify the desired margin settings.
4. Click OK.

Editing Text in a Map

To edit the text you have just created:
1. On the MAP tab, in the Selection group, click Select, and Select.
2. Double-click the text to open the Text Object dialog box with the text in the Text box.
3. Position the cursor in the text box and make your changes.
Choose either 1.0, 1.5, or 2.0 line spacing.
Choose Left, Center, or Right justification.
Select label line properties, if necessary.
Select rotation angle, if necessary.
4. Click OK.

Adding Grid Lines to a Map

The grid lines on a map are a visual reference for the coordinate system of the map. You would add
a grid to your map, using a specific projection and spacing, to easily identify locations. You can
select to show grid lines that are the same as the map projection that was used to create the map,
or you can select another coordinate system, such as Latitude/Longitude.
To add or edit the grid on your map:
1. On the MAP tab, in the Content group, click Add To Map, and select Gridlines to open the Add
Gridline dialog box.
2. From the Selected Coordinate Systems drop-down list, select a coordinate system to use for the
grid on the map. The default setting, is to use the coordinate system that the map is currently
set to.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 145

 Getting Started

3. Select the Use Auto Spacing check box to have MapInfo Pro calculate the optimum spacing at
any zoom level and then set the Horizontal and Vertical spacing of the grid lines.
You would set the spacing to optimize viewing an area at a specific zoom level. If you did not
select the Use Auto Spacing check box, then changing the zoom level may result in poor visibility
of the map, such as when zooming out to view the entire country after setting the grid line spacing
for viewing a city.
4. Click OK.
The grid is a specialized layer on the map, so you can hide or show it in the same way as any other
layer on the map. In the Explorer window, toggle the Visible check box located before the Gridline
layer name to turn visibility to off and hide the grid.
You can add as many Gridline layers to the map as you need and hide or show them as necessary.

Changing Grid Line Properties

Use the commands on the GRIDLINES tab to control how a grid displays on a map. The GRIDLINES
tab is available on the ribbon after selecting a gridline layer for a map in the Explorer window. For
a complete list of commands, see GRIDLINES Tab.
Adding Another Grid to the Map
You can add as many Gridline layers to the map as you need and hide or show them as necessary.
On the MAP tab, in the Content group, click Add To Map, and select Gridlines to open the Add
Gridline dialog box. To hide a grid, in the Explorer window, toggle the Visible check box located
before the Gridline layer name to turn its visibility to off.
Changing Grid Line Spacing
To modify the grid spacing for an existing grid layer on the map, select the Gridline layer name in
the Explorer window. This displays the GRIDLINES tab on the MapInfo Pro ribbon. On the
GRIDLINES tab, click Gridline Properties. The Gridline Properties dialog box shows the existing
grid spacing, which you can change. You cannot change the projection for an existing grid, which
displays at the top of the dialog.
Changing the Display Style for Grid Line Labels
The commands in the Style and Labels groups control how the labels on grid lines display and how
they are placed relative to their grid line.
The style commands are:

Icon Command Description

Apply Styles Toggles the style override on and off.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 146

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Use Stacked Styles Toggles stacked styles on and off. See Stacking Display Styles to
Create a Custom Look

Font Family Changes the font family.

Font Size Changes the font size.

Increase Font Size Changes the font size incrementally larger.

Decrease Font Size Changes the font size incrementally smaller.

Bold Bolds label text.

Italic Italicizes label text.

Underline Adds an underline to label text.

All Capitols Displays label text in all capitols (TEXT).

Expanded Adds space between the characters of label text (t e x t).

Shadow Adds a shadow effect behind label text.

Halo Adds a halo effect around label text.

Highlight Sets a color to use behind labels to make them more legible on the
map.

Label Background Color Selects the background color to use with Halo and Hightlight effects.

Enable Preview Enables a preview of the label while you are making style choices.

The label placement commands are:

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 147

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Label Offset Sets a measurement value to place labels from their grid line. This
uses the measurement type beside the Map Edge Offset command.

Map Edge Offset Sets a measurement value to place labels from the edge of the map.
The measurement can be in inches (in), centimeters (cm), millimeters
(mm), picas, or points.

Label Placement Vertical Lines select to place labels to the left of, centered on, or to
the right of grid lines.
Horizontal Lines select to place labels above, centered on, or below
grid lines.
Label Positions select an anchor point for placing labels, such as using
all sides of labels, the top and left of labels, or the bottom and right of
labels.

Label Direction Label Direction select the direction in which to place labels: either
horizontal or following grid lines.
Label Format select to display labels using compass direction
(N,E,S,W) or degrees (-90 to +90).

Making the Grid Transparent

You can make grid lines transparent to control how much importance the grid has to the map design
and to make information behind the grid lines more visible. To do this, select the Gridline layer name
in the Explorer window. This displays the GRIDLINES tab on the MapInfo Pro ribbon. On the
GRIDLINES tab, in the Translucency group, move the Layer slider. Zero percent makes grid lines
opaque and 100 percent makes them completely transparent.
Make the labels for grid lines transparent, so that they do not obscure information behind them. To
do this, move the Label slider.

Displaying Data in a Browser Window

You use Browser windows to view and manipulate your data records in traditional row and column
form, typically used in spreadsheets and databases. Each column contains information about that
particular field, such as name, address, phone number, cable ID number, or order amount. Each
row contains all information relating to a single record.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 148

 Getting Started

About the Browser Format

If you have ever worked with spreadsheets or databases, you are probably familiar with the Browser
format. Each row of the table contains one record, and each column in the record contains information
about a particular field (for example, last name, street address, order number, price, and so forth).
The name of the table appears in the Browser window title bar. Column titles appear directly below
the Browser window title bar, appearing as headings. You select a row by single clicking the empty
box appearing to the left of that row.
The Status Bar appears at the bottom left of the MapInfo Pro desktop. This bar displays the range
of records currently displayed within the Browser window out of the total number of records in the
table.

Opening a Table in a Browser Window

You can edit records in your table, copy records, add new ones, or delete existing records.
To open a Browser directly:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click New Document, and click Browser from the list.
2. If the Browse Table dialog box opens, then select a table from the list and click OK.
Your data displays within the Browser window.
The table must be editable to make changes to it—it cannot be read-only.

Browser Window Commands and Context Menu

The commands for working with data in a Browser window are located on the TABLE tab on the
MapInfo Pro ribbon. When the Browser window is floating the TABLE tab displays in the Browser
with the following additional groups of commands: Browser Tools and Sort and Filter.

Browser Tools Group

The Browser Tools group is enabled when a Browser window is active. It provides access to these
commands.

Icon Command Description

Info Displays tabular information about map objects.

HotLink Enabled when the Browser references a table containing hotlink data (URL).

HotLink Options Opens the Hotlink Options dialog box where you can add, remove and manage
the Hotlink properties.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 149

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Pick Fields Choose which fields display in the active Browser window. You can also use
Pick Fields to temporarily rename a column, creates a new column that will
display in the Browser window, or edit the expression that defines an existing
column.

Font Opens the Text Style Dialog Box where you select how to display the text in
the Browser window.

Gridlines Show/Hide the Browser grid lines.

Sort and Filter Group

The Sort and Filter group is enabled when a Browser window is active. It provides access to these
commands.

Icon Command Description

Filter
Filter: Opens the Filter dialog box where you can set filter conditions for
the column. A filter may consist of up to two conditions where each condition
is built from a simple set of operations (such as equals, greater than, and so
on) and some set of values. After applying a filter to a column, an icon displays
in the column header to let you know that the column has a filter. You can
apply as many column filters as the number of columns in the table up to a
limit of 100. Each new column filter is appended to the previous filters to
produce fewer records in the current view.

Clear Filter: Clears the filter conditions from the column and refreshes the
Browser window. This only clears the filter on the right-clicked column; filters
and sort on other columns are preserved. The Clear Filter command is enabled
after you apply a filter condition to a column.
The Filter and Clear Filter commands are also available by right-clicking on a
column in the Browser window.

Sort
Sort Multi-Column: Opens the Sort dialog box where you would make
selections to perform a multi-column sort in the Browser window.

Sort Ascending: Sorts the column containing text alphabetically starting

from A to Z. This is also available by right-clicking on the column.

Sort Descending: Sorts the column containing text alphabetically starting

from Z to A. This is also available by right-clicking on the column.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 150

 Getting Started

Icon Command Description

Clear Sort: Removes the sort that was applied to the data in the Browser
window. This removes the sort from memory, so you cannot reapply the sort
after making this selection.

Clear All Removes all sort and filters that were applied to the data in the Browser
window. This removes the sort and filters from memory, so you cannot reapply
them again after making this selection.

Sort On/Off Turns off a sort, so that you can view data as it appears in the table. After
turning a sort off, you can turn it back on to view the sort result.

Re-Sort Reapplies the last sort/filter to the data in a Browser window. This is useful
after making changes to the data or after turning the sort/filter on.

Add to Map Opens the Create Query dialog box which allows you to add a query with the
current sort and filter conditions as a layer on the map.

Scrolling through a Table

A Browser window allows you to view tabular data in your table. Use the vertical scroll bar to view
various ranges of records. Use the horizontal scroll bar to see different sets of columns.

Opening Multiple Browsers

To open multiple Browser windows:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click New Document, and click Browser from the list,
to open the Browse Table dialog box.
2. Do the following to make your selections:
• To open a contiguous block of tables, select the first table you want, hold down the Shift key
and select the last table you want to open.
• To open multiple tables that are out of sequence, hold down the Ctrl key and select the tables.
• To deselect tables, hold down the Ctrl key and click on the tables.

3. Click OK.

Controlling the Appearance of a Browser Window

There are several commands that allow you to alter the appearance of the Browser (such as its
display font and background color).
• To change the text style (font, size, and color), on the TABLE tab, in the Browser Tools group,
click Font.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 151

 Getting Started

• To turn grid lines off, on the TABLE tab, in the Browser Tools group, click Gridlines.
• To change the background color used in all Browser windows, click the PRO tab, and click Browser
Window. The Browser Window Preferences dialog box lets you choose a background color used
in all Browser windows, not just in the active (front-most) Browser window. It also lets you select
to display or hide grid lines by default.

Controlling what Rows and Columns Display in a Browser Window

When you first open a Browser window, it displays all of the rows and columns from your table.
Tables can be very large, with many rows and many columns, so hiding some of the rows and
columns makes it easier to find the data that is relevant to your work.

Limiting which Columns Display

The Pick Fields dialog box lets you remove columns from the current Browser window. These
columns are not deleted from your data, they are just temporarily hidden in this Browser window.
To limit which columns display in a Browser window:
1. On the HOME tab, click Window, and Browser. On the TABLE tab, click Browser Tools, and Pick
Fields.
2. In the Pick Fields dialog box, move column names from the Fields in Table list to the Columns
in Browser list.
Only the columns in the Columns in Browser list will display in the Browser window.

Limiting which Rows Display

Filter conditions let you limit which rows to display. Each filter is specific to a particular column in
the table. As an example, you have customers from all around the world, but you only want to see
the data for your Canadian customers. You would set up a filter that means, "Only show me a
customer record if its COUNTRY column has the value CANADA."
To apply a filter condition, right-click the column that interests you and then select Filter. The Filter
dialog box lets you specify simple conditions, such as Country Equals CANADA. When you apply
the filter, the Browser window hides the rows that do not satisfy the filter condition.
To see even fewer rows, you would apply filter conditions to other columns.
To return to your original view, which shows all rows, right-click the Browser window and then select
Clear Filter. You can also find this command on the TABLE tab, in the Sort and Filter group, by
clicking Filter, Clear Filter.
Sorting the data in a Browser window is similar to filtering the data. To begin, right-click the column
that interests you and then choose from the sort commands in the context menu.
Clicking a column header produces a single-column sort; if you need to sort on multiple columns,
on the TABLE tab, in the Sort and Filter group, click Sort, and Sort Multi Column.
Important things to note about sorting and filtering:

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 152

 Getting Started

• Sort and Filter conditions are not saved directly in the .TAB file. To preserve your sort and filter
conditions, save a workspace (.WOR) file.
• When you add new rows to a table, sort and filter conditions are automatically toggled off, so that
all rows (including new rows) become visible. Newly-added rows display at the bottom of the
Browser window. Once you are finished adding new rows, you can turn the sort and filter on again
on the TABLE tab, in the Sort and Filter group, click Sort On/Off.
• Sort and filter conditions may be toggled off, or cleared altogether, after you use the Pick Fields
dialog box. If you use the Pick Fields dialog box to remove a column or re-define that column's
expression, any sort or filter condition on that column will be cleared. Also, if other columns in the
Browser window have filter conditions, then those other column filters will be toggled off. If you
remove any of the columns used in a multiple-column sort, the entire sort is cleared.

CAUTION: Editing and Deleting when there are Hidden Rows

Hiding a row does not fully protect the row from being selected, edited, or even deleted. Although
filters let you hide rows in a Browser window, editing operations may still affect the hidden rows.
As an example, on the TABLE tab, in the Edit group, clicking Update Column updates every row in
a table, even rows that are hidden. Also, after filtering a Browser window, you can still select the
hidden rows by executing SQL queries or by performing a mouse selection in a Map window.
To limit an editing operation, so that it affects only the visible rows in a Browser window, on the
TABLE tab, in the Selection group, click SQL Select. This command creates a named query that
represents the Browser window's visible rows. When you perform other commands on that query
table, such as Update Column, those commands affect only the visible rows.
Note: The query table is a snapshot of the current Browser window contents. Modifying your filter
conditions does not regenerate the query table.

Performing Operations on the Results from a Filter

Once you have applied a filter, you might want to perform other operations that only affect the rows
that satisfied the filter. For example, if your filter caused the Browser window to show only 100
rows, you might want to save a copy of just those 100 rows, as a new table.
To perform operations on the filter results (on the rows that satisfied the filter):

1. On the Browser window, click the Select All button located to the immediate left of the column
heading name.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 153

 Getting Started

2. Once you have selected all rows in the filtered Browser window, you can perform other operations
on the selection table.
Note: Deleting or editing rows could also affect hidden rows if they are in your selection. For more
information, see CAUTION: Editing and Deleting when there are Hidden Rows.

How a Browser Displays in a Layout

A Browser window displays with the column headings at the very top of the frame. Immediately
below, it displays the contents of the table, starting with the row and column at the upper-left corner
of the table. It displays as many columns and rows as it can fit in the frame, regardless of how many
are displayed in the table. When you resize the frame, the number of rows and columns displayed
are adjusted accordingly. However, fields removed from the table with the Pick Fields command
are not displayed in a table frame (on the TABLE tab, in the Browser Tools group, click Pick Fields
to open the Pick Fields dialog box).
The number of rows and columns that can be displayed in a frame depends on font size and column
width. The frame displays Table text using the font style and size for that Browser window. When
you want a different font style in the frame, you would select the Text Style button command.
When you use smaller type, you can get more rows and columns in a frame.
You can also manually adjust column width in a Browser window without affecting the underlying
field size for the base table. You do this by clicking and dragging the short vertical bars separating
the column names in the Browser window.
The Browser window always has a current cell, which is never in a deleted row. The Browser
window scrolls as necessary to keep the current cell in view. When not in edit mode, the current
cell displays with a black border. When in edit mode, the current cell has a gold outline. You can
use keyboard gestures to move the current cell.
For information about setting the background color for Browser window rows and other preferences,
see Setting your Browser Window Preferences.

A Note About Workspaces

The workspace preserves, wherever possible:
• Query tables or layers created from a sorted and/or filtered Browser window.
• Queries applied to the base table that alter it's current view in an open Browser window.
There are cases where a workspace may not be able to preserve all queries, such as:
• Selecting records manually on a map.
• Browsing a selection and then filtering the Browser window.
• Create a query and a map layer from the filtered Browser window.
Note: The WOR (workspace) will not preserve the query layer, or query, due to a system limitation.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 154

 Getting Started

Showing or Hiding a Browser's Grid

To show or hide a Browser's grid:
1. Make the Browser window the active window.
2. On the TABLE tab, from the Browser Tools group, choose Gridlines. The Browser Tools are also
available in the Browser window when the window is floating.

Adding and Editing Text in a Browser

When you move the cursor into the Browser window, it turns into an I beam. This indicates that you
are ready to perform data editing functions.
To add or edit text in a Browser:
1. Position the cursor at the point where you want to enter or delete text in a cell.
2. Click on the location and type or delete the desired text. The text displays at the flashing cursor
as you type.
3. Press Tab to move to the next editable cell in the row. When you reach the end of the row, it
moves to the first column of the next row.
4. On the HOME tab, in the File group, click Save Table to save your changes.
MapInfo Pro recognizes carriage return characters in your data and displays text over multiple lines.
For a list of keystrokes to help you with positioning your cursor and select text within a table cell,
see Shortcuts for the Browser Window in the MapInfo Pro: Productivity Aids Guide.

Entering Multi-Line Text

Ordinarily, the Browser window displays one line of text for each record in your table. By inserting
new lines, so that text wraps across multiple lines, you can make long descriptions look like
paragraphs making them easier to read.
You can apply multi-line text to map labels by inserting new lines into a Browser window and then
using that column for automatic labeling in a Map window-the new lines affect how the labels appear
in the Map window.
To enter multi-line text:
1. Click on a cell in the Browser window to put it into edit mode.
2. Use the arrow keys to position the blinking insertion cursor in your text.
3. Press Ctrl+Enter to insert a new line character.
4. Use the up and down arrow keys to move the insertion cursor from line to line.
Note: Only Character fields can store multi-line text.

Multi-line text has limitations which might make it inappropriate in some situations. Multi-line text:
• Displays on a single line in the Browser window of pre-11.0 versions of MapInfo Pro.
• Displays on a single line in the Info window.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 155

 Getting Started

• May affect copy/paste operations. Copying multi-line text in the Browser window and then pasting
it in to another application may result in extra rows of data depending on how an application
interprets the data.

Selecting and Deleting Rows in a Browser Window

Please note that deleting rows could also delete hidden rows if they are in your selection. For more
information, see CAUTION: Editing and Deleting when there are Hidden Rows.
• To select a row in a Browser window, click in the row header preceding the first field to the left
of the row.
• To select multiple rows, press the Ctrl key while making selections or while dragging the mouse
across row headers.
• To deselect all rows in the selection, on the TABLE tab, in the Selection group, click Clear.
• To delete one or more rows, select the row, or range of rows, on the HOME tab, in the Clipboard
group, click Cut.
The Browser window displays a deleted row as a thin gray line, so that you know where the deletion
occurred. To undo your delete, on HOME tab, in the Clipboard group, click Undo.
If there are hidden rows in the selection that you wish to delete, a warning message displays. To
turn off the display of this message, see Setting your Browser Window Preferences in the Help
System.
To select a range of rows, click the button at the left edge of the Browser window and select a row.
Hold the Shift key and click a second row in the same Browser. This selects all of the rows within
that range (the row you clicked including the row you have selected using Shift+Click).
Tip: Clicking on a row selects the row, but also clears any previous selection. To add another row
to the already selected row, hold down the Ctrl key and click on the row you want to select.
Similarly, holding down the Ctrl key while you perform Shift+Click will add that range of rows
to the selection, instead of clearing the previous selection.

Undoing or Redoing an Action

To undo or redo an operation or deletion:
Press Ctrl+Z, or on the HOME tab, in the Clipboard group, click Undo or Redo.
See also Toggle Sort and Filter Off or On and Re-Applying a Sort and/or Filter.

Adding Fields to a Browser

To add a field to a Browser table:
1. On the TABLE tab, in the Browser Tools group, click Pick Fields to open the Pick Fields dialog
box.
2. Choose a field from the Fields in Table list box.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 156

 Getting Started

3. Click the Add button. The selected fields are added to the end of the Columns in Browser list
box.
4. Click OK.

Removing Fields from a Browser

To remove a field from a table:
1. Make a Browser the active window.
2. On the TABLE tab, in the Browser Tools group, click Pick Fields to open the Pick Fields dialog
box.
3. From the Columns in Browser list, choose a field or Shift-click to choose multiple fields.
4. Click the Remove button.
5. Click OK to apply your changes.

Adding a New Row to a Browser

The browser table must be editable before you can add a new row.
To add a new row:
1. Do one of the following, which adds a new row to the bottom of the table:
• On the TABLE tab, in the Edit group, click Add New Row.
• Press Ctrl+E.

2. When you are finished adding rows, on the TABLE tab, in the Contents group, click Save Table.

Resizing the Columns in a Browser Window

The Browser window determines the initial column width according to the content of the column
for those rows in view: if the initial display of the Browser is 30 rows and there is a character(100)
column, but the longest visible content is 25 characters, then the column width is large enough to
hold 25 characters. After determining a column width, it does not automatically change. If you scroll
down and the column contains a cell with 35 characters, then the column width remains the same
size and does not automatically grow.
To resize a single column width:
Do one of the following:
• Move the cursor to the vertical line to the right of the column heading. The cursor becomes a
two-way arrow. Click and hold the mouse button. Drag the mouse left to narrow the column
width or right to widen the column width. Release the mouse button to set the new width.
• Position the cursor between two column headings and then double-click. The column to the
left of the cursor resizes to fit the data in view.

Resizing columns only affects how they display in the Browser window, and does not change their
width in the underlying table. Workspaces do not save resizing information.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 157

 Getting Started

Printing a Browser View

When selecting to print the contents of a Browser window:
• Only the contents in view will print. If necessary, the contents are scaled down (preserving the
aspect ratio) to fit the page size.
• Only full rows and columns print, partial rows or columns are not in the printout.
• Scroll bars, at right and at bottom, do not print. Other controls for on-screen clicking, such as a
selection box, do not print.
• You cannot specify a page range for printing and you cannot print to file.

Printing a Browser to the MapInfo PDF Printer

When printing to the MapInfo PDF printer, you must enable Postscript Simulation. You can set this
value for each print job, or change the default by editing the properties for this driver in Control Panel
Printers.

1. On the HOME tab, in the Output group, click Print to open the Print dialog box.
2. Select the MapInfo PDF Printer.
3. Click Properties.
4. In the Properties dialog box, click the Advanced Options tab.
5. Make sure the Enable Postscript Simulation check box is checked.
6. Click OK to close the dialogs and save your setting.

Printing a Browser to the Adobe PDF Printer

When printing to the Adobe PDF printer, you must turn off Image Downsample. Since there are
multiple versions of the Adobe PDF printer, these directions may vary based on which version of
the Adobe printer is being used. These settings can be either be set at print time, or set in Control
Panel Printers to change the default for all print jobs.

1. On the HOME tab, in the Output group, click Print to open the Print dialog box.
2. Select Adobe PDF Printer.
3. Click Properties.
4. In the Properties dialog box, select the General tab and click Printing Preferences.
5. Select the Images category.
6. For all types of Images (Color, Grayscale, Monochrome), set Downsample to Off.
7. Click OK to close the dialogs and save your setting.

Setting Margins for a Browser Window when Printing

To specify margin settings:
1. Make the Browser window active and on the HOME tab, in theOutput group, click Page Setup
to open the Page Setup dialog box.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 158

 Getting Started

2. Specify the desired margin settings.

3. Click OK.

Sorting Data in a Browser Window

To do a simple sort, which is only sorting by one column, right-click on any cell in the column including
its header and then choose the sort option that you want from the popup menu. After sorting, icons
display at the top of the sort column(s) to provide visual confirmation of the sort. If you save a
workspace, the sort order is preserved.
To perform a multi-column sort:
1. On the TABLE tab, in the Sort and Filter group, click Sort, and Sort Multi Column.
2. Select column and order type from the Sort by lists.
3. Refine your sort further by selecting another column and order type to apply to your sort from
the Then by lists.
4. Click OK to close the dialog and sort the contents of the Browser window.
The sort result displays in a new Browser window, and the sort order is in the order of the columns
you select.
This example shows a sort result on the Country column:

Country City Landmark

Germany Berlin Fernsehturm

Germany Berlin Brandenburg Gate

India New Delhi Qutab Minar

India New Delhi Jama Masjid

India Jaipur Hawa Mahal

India Maharashtra Ajanta

United Kingdom London Buckingham Palace

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 159

 Getting Started

Country City Landmark

United Kingdom Blackpool Blackpool Tower

This example shows a sort result on the columns Country, then City, then Landmark:

Country City Landmark

Germany Berlin Brandenburg Gate

Germany Berlin Fernsehturm

India Jaipur Hawa Mahal

India Maharashtra Ajanta

India New Delhi Jama Masjid

India New Delhi Qutab Minar

United Kingdom Blackpool Blackpool Tower

United Kingdom London Buckingham Palace

If you sort a Browser window and then edit that table, the Browser window may turn the sort off.
Specifically, any edit operation that adds new rows to the table causes the Browser window to
unsort, so that newly-added rows are visible at the bottom of the window. Note that this unsorting
can occur even if you add new rows in a different window (for example, if you add new rows by
drawing new lines in a Map window). After adding a new row to the table, you can re-apply the sort
to the Browser window on the TABLE tab, in the Sort and Filter group, click Sort On/Off.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 160

 Getting Started

Toggle Sort and Filter Off or On

To turn sorting off and view data as it appears in the table, on the TABLE tab, in the Sort and Filter
group, click Sort On/Off. To revert back to your last sort order, on the TABLE tab, in the Sort and
Filter group, click Re-Sort.
To turn off filters, on the TABLE tab, in the Sort and Filter group, click Filters, and Clear Filter. You
cannot revert back to your last filter.

Filtering a Column in a Browser Window

Right-clicking on a column displays a pop-up menu from which you can select the Filter option. A
filter may consist of up to two conditions where each condition is built from a simple set of operations
(such as equals, greater than, and so on) and some set of values. After applying a filter to a column,
an icon displays in the column header to let you know that the column has a filter. There is a limit
of 100 filters per Browser window. Each new column filter is appended to the previous filters to
produce fewer records in the current view.
When sorting or filtering the contents of a Browser window, some restrictions apply to the special
columns ROWID and OBJECT:
• The ROWID column cannot be used with any of the sorting or filtering menu items.
• The OBJECT column can be sorted as though it were a character column (A to Z or Z to A);
ungeocoded rows appear as blank cells.
• If you want to apply a filter to the OBJECT column, you must first modify the OBJECT expression
in the Browser window. To do this, click the Pick Fields button and in the Fields in Table list, select
Expression. In the Expression dialog box enter Str$(object) where object is the name of the
column. This enables the Filter right-click menu, and you can continue with the instructions in this
section.
To apply a filter to a column:
1. Right-click on a column and select Filter from the pop-up menu.
2. In the Filter dialog box, select the filter type from the drop-down list, such as Equals, Does not
Equal, Contains, Does Not Contain, Begins With, Ends With, and Is Empty.
In the textbox, enter the text to use for this filter. Do not use quotation marks or wildcard operators.

3. Select either the And or the Or operator.

4. From the Select an Operator drop-down list, select the type of operator to apply to this filter.
in the textbox, enter the text to use with this operator.

5. Click Apply to apply this filter to the data in the Browser window.
Clicking Reset in the Filter dialog box clears your selected parameters, but does not clear the applied
filter.
Clicking Clear Filter in the Filter dialog box, clears the applied filter, so that you can start over again.
Clicking Close (or pressing the Esc key) closes the Filter dialog box without applying your selections.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 161

 Getting Started

The following table lists the data types that may be used with each operator type:

Data Type Operators

Character • Equals, Does not Equal

• Contains, Does not Contain
• Begins With, Ends With
• Is Empty

Number (Integer, SmallInt, LargeInt, Float, Decimal) • Equals, Does not Equal
• Greater than, Greater than or Equal to
• Less than, Less than or Equal to

Date or Time (Date, Time, Date/Time) • Equals, Does not Equal

• Is Before
• Is After
• Is Empty

Logical • IsTrue (Yes)

• IsFalse (No)

The following are filter examples. To begin, you would display the Filter dialog box by right-clicking
on a column and selecting Filter from the pop-up menu.
Simple text sort: I want to display only records that are for the city named Sidney. (Character sorts
are not case sensitive and do not require quotation marks.)
1. Select the Equals operator from the first drop-down list.
2. Enter Sidney into the first textbox.
3. Click Apply.
Text sort with wildcard matching: I want to display only those records containing the phrase "ing".
(A wildcard operator, such as the asterisk * symbol, is not needed for wildcard matching.)
1. Select the Contains operator from the first drop-down list.
2. Enter ing into the first textbox.
3. Click Apply.
Sort on date: I want to display only records where the last updated date is before Jan 1, 2011.
(Ensure the date format matches that used in the Browser window, such as mm/dd/yyyy, mm/dd/yy,
or dd-MMM-yyyy for example.)
1. Select the Is Before operator from the first drop-down list.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 162

 Getting Started

2. Enter 1/1/2011 into the first textbox.

3. Click Apply.
Numeric sort: I want to display all records that are either high or low sales, my outliers. (You may
use commas, decimal points, and minus signs when entering numerical text.)
1. Select the Greater than or Equal to operator from the first drop-down list.
2. Enter 5,000,000 into the first textbox.
3. Select the Or radial button.
4. Select the Less than or Equal to operator from the second drop-down list.
5. Enter 10,000 into the second textbox.
6. Click Apply.
Sort for records that are empty or begin with: I want to find all records where the Category field is
empty or begins with "Earth".
1. Select the Is Empty operator from the first drop-down list. The textbox is disabled, because they
do not apply to this type of sort.
2. Select the Begins With operator from the second drop-down list.
3. Enter Earth into the second textbox.
4. Click Apply.

Clearing a Sort and/or Filter

After applying a sort or filter you have the option to clear it. Clearing a filter can apply to a specific
column by right-clicking on the column and selecting Clear Filter, or to all filtered columns by selecting
to clear the filter from the TABLE tab.
To clear a sort or filters from a table:
On the TABLE tab, in the Sort and Filter group, click:
• Filter, and Clear Filter.
• Sort, and Clear Sort.
To clear both sort and filters at the same time, on the TABLE tab, in the Sort and Filter group,
click Clear All.

Selecting to clear a sort or filter refreshes the Browser window.

Re-Applying a Sort and/or Filter

Re-applying a sort and/or filter is useful after making changes to the data or after selecting to turn
the sort/filter off.
To reapply your last sort and/or filter to the data in a Browser window:
On the TABLE tab, in the Sort and Filter group, click Re-Sort.
This only applies to queries from within the Browser window, and does not apply to map layers that
were built from a query window or to queries made from SQL Select operations.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 163

 Getting Started

Adding a Filtered View to a Map

It is useful for analytical purposes to filter the data in a Browser window and then see the results
display on a map. You can do this after creating a filter/sort by selecting the Add to Map option from
the Sort and Filter group on the TABLE tab. This option lets you create a new named query and
then add it to an existing or to a new Map window.
The Add to Map option is active after having applied a filter and/or sort and when the table in the
Browser window contains mappable objects.
To add a new named query to an existing or new Map window:
1. Click the TABLE tab and then select Add to Map from the Sort and Filter group.. The Create
Query dialog box displays.
2. In the New query name text box, enter a name to apply to the query result, or use the default
name.
Query names can be up to 31 characters and cannot have special characters, such as spaces,
in them. If you use spaces in the query name, they are converted to underscores, so that "Accounts
2000" becomes "Accounts_2000" for example.

3. Select the Open a new Browser for this query check box if you want the results of this query to
open in a new Browser window.
4. Select the Add this query as a layer to check box to add the results of this query as a layer to:
• An existing map - Select this option and a Map window from the drop-down list, which contains
the names of the existing Map windows.
• A new map named - Select this option and then type a name for the new Map window in the
textbox. If a table is not mappable, then the Add This Query As A Layer check box is grayed
out and unavailable.

5. Click OK to apply your selections.

The resulting query reflects the current state of the Browser window. After creating the query, you
can perform other operations in the Browser window without affecting the query, such as modifying
your sort and/or filter conditions, or closing the Browser window. However, if you close the original
table, the query automatically closes too.

Creating a Default Browser View

When you open a table's Browser window, you can save the expressions and column order you
create for this data so that it displays each time you open the Browser window for this table. To
achieve this, save these columns, their order and the expressions in the Pick Fields dialog box.
To select and save columns and expressions to a Browser's metadata:
1. Make a Browser window the active window.
2. On the TABLE tab, in the Browser Tools group, click Pick Fields to open the Pick Fields dialog
box.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 164

 Getting Started

3. In the Pick Fields dialog box, to create a new Browser view, click Add to add the fields from the
left column to the list on the right and use the Up and Down buttons to arrange the columns in
the order you want them to display. Any columns you do not move to the Columns in Browser
list do not display in the new view.
To remove a column from the Columns in Browser list, click the column entry. Click Remove.
To return the lists to their original entries, click Reset.

4. To create an expression to save to the Browser view, scroll to the bottom of the left hand column
and click the Expression entry. Use the Expression dialog box to enter the expression and click
OK to complete it.
5. When you have your expressions and columns set the way you want them to display, select the
Save as Default Browser View check box. Click OK to save these settings.
Note: If you change the data structure of the table the Browser is based on, MapInfo Pro removes
this column and expression setting information from your table.

Choosing a Font for Your Browser Window

To customize the display of text in the Browser window:
1. Click on the Browser window to make it the active window.
2. Do one of the following:
• From the Browser Tools group on the TABLE tab, click Font to open the Text Style dialog box.
• Press F8.

3. In the Text Style dialog, set font, color, and style preferences.
You cannot mix fonts in a Browser window-you can use only one font.

Setting the Background Color for Browser Window Rows

You can choose the color to use for the background on alternating rows in the Browser window.
This setting makes it easier to distinguish between rows. MapInfo Pro applies this setting to all
Browser window instances (in a layout, printout, and in all Browser windows).
To change the background color for rows in the Browser window:
1. Click the PRO tab, and select Options to display the options screen.
2. Click Browser Window to open the Browser Window Preferences dialog box.
3. From the Alternating Row Color list, select a background color.
4. Click OK to close the dialogs and apply the color to your Browser window.
MapInfo Pro saves this setting between sessions.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 165

 Getting Started

Preserving Column and Expression Settings in a Browser Window

Use these instructions to preserve expression and column information you set in a Browser window
as the default view for the table. This ensures that when you open the table's Browser window
again, the expressions and column order you created remains the same.
To select and save columns and expressions to a Browser's metadata:
1. Make a Browser window the active window.
2. On the TABLE tab, in the Browser Tools group, click Pick Fields to open the Pick Fields dialog
box.
3. In the Pick Fields dialog box, do any of the following:
• Create a new Browser view.
Click Add to add the fields from the left column to the list on the right and use the Up and Down
buttons to arrange the columns in the order you want them to display. Only columns you move
to the Columns in Browser list display in the new view.
• Remove a column.
From the Columns in Browser list, click the column entry and then click Remove.
To return the lists to their original entries, click Reset.
• Create an expression to save to the Browser view.
Scroll to the bottom of the left hand column and click the Expression entry. Use the Expression
dialog box to enter the expression. Click OK to complete it.
When you have your expressions and columns set the way you want them to display, select
the Save as Default Browser View check box. Click OK to save these settings.

Note: If you change the data structure of the table the Browser window is based on, MapInfo Pro
removes this column and expression setting information from your table.

Using the HotLink Command in a Browser Window

The Hotlink command is available for a Browser window when the table being browsed has hotlink
options stored in its metadata. If a field expression in the table matches the Hotlink Filename
Expression, then the text in that browser field is drawn underlined and the Hotlink command is
enabled. Clicking with the Hotlink command on the underlined text launches the URL or file specified
by the text.
To use hotlink in a Browser window:
1. Make sure the Hotlink Options are saved in the table metadata (see Selecting a Drawing Command
and Making the Map Window Active) in the Help System.
2. Open the table. On the HOME tab, in the File group, click Open, and Table to open the table in
a Browser window.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 166

 Getting Started

3. If the Hotlink Filename Expression is a table field name, then the corresponding text in the browser
field will be underlined. If the Hotlink Filename Expression is complex, then you need to create
your hotlink browser field by following these steps:
1. On the TABLE tab, in the Browser Tools group, click Pick Fields to open the Pick Fields dialog
box.
2. Click the Expression item in the Fields in Table list to open the Expression dialog box.
3. Type the Hotlink filename expression into the edit control box. Click OK.
4. Click OK in the Pick Fields dialog box. The text in the new field should be underlined and the
Hotlink command enabled.

4. On the TABLE tab, in the Browser Tools group, click Hotlink.

5. Click the underlined text in the browser field to launch the URL or file specified by the text.

Adding an Expression for a Hotlink as a Column to a Browser Window

The follow describes how to use an expression for a hotlink and how to add the expression as a
column to a Browser window and persist it.
To add an expression as a column to a geographic table:
1. Open the table in both a Map and Browser window.
2. In the Layer Control (on the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click
Layers from the list.), select your layer.

3. On the MAP tab, in the Options group, click Hotlink Options .

4. In the Hotlink Options dialog box:
1. Click Add to add a new filename expression to the list.
2. From the Filename Expression drop-down list, select the column to add a hotlink expression
for, such as for country name or capital name.
3. From the Alias Expression drop-down list, select Expression.

5. In the Expression dialog box:

1. Before the column name, add the hotlink URL followed by the plus sign (+). The URL must
be within quotation marks (" "). The following example replace the URL with the one you want
to use and replace ColumnName with the column name selected in the previous step:
"http://www.myurl.com"+ColumnName
2. Click Verify to check that the expression works.
3. Copy the expression to the clipboard by selecting it and pressing Ctrl+C.
4. Click OK to close the dialog box.

6. In the Hotlink Options dialog box, check the Save options to table metadata check box and click
OK.
7. Right-click on the Browser window and in the pop-up menu that displays, select Pick Fields.
8. In the Pick Fields dialog box, from the Fields in Table list, select Expression.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 167

 Getting Started

9. In the Expression dialog box, paste your expression field by pressing Ctrl+V. Click OK to close
the dialog box.
10. In the Pick Fields dialog box:
1. In the Name field, type a descriptive name, such as URLlinks.
2. Check the Save as Default Browser view check box and click OK.

In the Browser window, there is a new column at the end of your table (you may need to scroll to
see it) containing a list of hotlinks.

Changing a Record's Data, Font, and Style

Changing Text Font and Size

To choose a font for your text:
1. On the TABLE tab, in the Browser Tools group, click Font to open the Text Style dialog box. The
currently selected font appears in the Font box.
2. Choose a new font from the drop-down list. Click OK. When you enter text, it displays in the font
size that you specified.

Changing Table Information

You can change information in a table using the Info command. Select a record in the Browser
window and click Info. In the Info window, position the cursor in the appropriate Info field and use
basic text-editing techniques to change the information.

Mouse Wheel Support for Browser Window

When you are working in the Browser window, you can use the mouse wheel to scroll through the
records. Roll the mouse button down to scroll down the list, and roll the mouse button up to scroll
up the list. You can use the Tab key to scroll right and the Shift+Tab keys to scroll left in the Browser
window.

Displaying Data in a Layout

The Layout window lets you stylize your map for presentation and publishing. You can design a
map layout for print or to export to an image file for distribution.
There are two ways to open a Layout window:
• On the LAYOUT tab, click New Layout.
• On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click New Document, and click Layout from the list. This
adds the LAYOUT tab to the ribbon if it is not already present.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 168

 Getting Started

You can add Map and Browser windows to your layout, add images and shapes, and create a
legend for the map layout. How you stylize the map and browser in your layout does not affect the
styles in your open Map and Browser windows.
You can save your map layout to a workspace to work on it in later sessions. Besides printing a
layout you can also export it to an image to include within a presentation or for distribution.
For details about the Layout window, see About Map Layouts in the MapInfo Pro: Preparing Maps
for Publishing Guide.

Other Windows for Displaying Data

There are two other ways of displaying data that are used less often or can be used in conjunction
with display options we have already reviewed.
• Legend Designer windows display legends, or keys, to the cartographic data on your map. (Map
legends are the key boxes at the bottom of a map that explain what the map symbols mean.) The
Legend Designer window displays information for any map layer including thematic map layers.
The legend frames can all be in one Legend Designer window, or can be split among several
Legend Designer windows for the same map. Therefore, each map can have one or more Legend
Designer windows containing the frames of your choice. Additionally, you can customize the text
and style of the information presented. Modifications to the legend can be made through shortcut
menus you access by right-clicking in the Legend Designer window or on the LEGEND tab.
You can learn more about legends in Working with a Thematic Map Legend. in the MapInfo Pro:
Creating Thematic and Themed Maps Guide.
• Redistricter allow you to create groupings of spatial information. This is a little more complex than
these other options. For more information about redistricting windows, see Redistricting in the
MapInfo Pro Help System.

Working with Tables in the Tables List

Introduction

The Tables window lets you perform operations on open tables in MapInfo Pro using fewer clicks.
You can organize tables into groups and sort them alphabetically and recently opened first. The
Tables window is accessible on the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and
click Tables from the list.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 169

 Getting Started

The Tables window has the following features:

• Modeless, so that you can open it and leave it open for the duration of your session. (Modeless
windows do not have OK or Cancel buttons.)
• Dockable to any of the four sides of the MapInfo Pro window: top, left, bottom, and right. The
Tables window can also share the same space with the Layers window.
• Drag and drop enabled, so that you can select tables and drag and drop them to a blank area to
open them in a new Map window. When dropping tables on to an existing Map window, MapInfo
Pro adds them to the Map window as new layers.
• Sorting enabled, to sort tables based on ascending order of table alias (name), descending order
of table alias, and recently opened. Sorting criteria persist across different MapInfo Pro sessions.
• Multi-Selection enabled, to select multiple tables using the Ctrl or Shift keys.
• Context Menu enabled, so that when you right-click on table aliases (names) a pop-up menu
displays and you can perform the desired operations.
• Searching enabled, you can search for a table name in the Tables window by typing characters
in a Search text box. The Tables window list refreshes itself to show only those tables that contain
the search characters.

Accessing the Tables

The Tables list lets you manage open tables and their attributes. This list is available from the
Explorer and Table windows. These windows are resizable, floatable, dockable, and can be hidden.
To access the Tables list:
Select either of these methods.
• Look in the Explorer window, which is open by default in MapInfo Pro. If this window is not
open, then on the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows.
• On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Tables from the list.

In Table windows, on the List drop-down, choose how to display the entries from the following:
• Group by Type: Tables are grouped in a tree view according to type.
• Ascending or Descending: Sort tables in ascending or descending order.
• Recently Opened: Sort tables based on the order they were opened. The most recently opened
table displays first. This is the default view.

About the Tables Window

Tables in the Tables window can be ordered in several ways. If the tables are organized by group,
double-click on the group name to expand or collapse to view or hide the table names.
Hovering over an entry in the Tables window displays the path of the open table as a tool tip.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 170

 Getting Started

Like other windows, the Tables window is resizable, floatable, dockable, and can be hidden. On
the List drop-down, choose how to display the entries from the following commands:

About the Tables Window Commands

Group By Type Group tables by type into a tree view.

Ascending order Click to sort tables in ascending order.

Descending order Click to sort tables in descending order.

Recently Opened First Click to sort tables based on the order they were opened. The most recently
opened table displays first. In tree view mode, the table type nodes always
display in ascending order.

About the Tables Menu Options

Right-click on a table in the Tables list to view a pop-up menu with the following options:
• Select All Rows from Table - Select this option to select all the rows in the table together. If a table
is selectable, this menu item includes the table name. For unsupported tables, this menu option
is unavailable.
• Browse - Select this option to open a table in a Browser window and edit records, copy records,
add new records, or delete existing records.
• Open in new Map Window - Select this option to open the table in a new Map window.
For more information, see Opening MapInfo Tables.
• Export - Select this option to open the Export Table to File dialog box to export the table. You
can export graphics and tabular data to MapInfo Pro format (MIF). Only tabular data can be
exported to Delimited ASCII (*.txt), dBASE DBF (*.dbf), and Command delimited CSV (*.csv).
• Rename Table - Opens the Rename Table window where you can enter a new name for the table
file. The table file name is the layer name in the Tables list.
• Refresh - Select this option to refresh WFS, Universal Data, and DBMS tables. It is enabled for
single selection only.
WFS table - It refreshes the WFS layer based on the WFS server settings and the filter options
set for WFS Refresh in the Web Services Preferences. It is enabled for a WFS table when
connection to the Internet or intranet is established.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 171

 Getting Started

Universal Data table - It refreshes the Universal Data table, such as AutoCAD®, Microstation
Design®, and ESRI ArcSDE datasets.
DBMS table -It refreshes a MapInfo Pro linked table with the most recent data residing on the
remote database for that linked table. It is enabled when there are no pending edits against the
table.
• Table Structure - Select this option to specify the field name, field type, number of characters
(width), and whether the field is to be indexed for each field in your new database. You also indicate
whether or not the table is mappable by associating graphic objects with records and, if so, whether
the map is to be an earth or a non-earth map. Collectively, this information is the structure of your
database.
For more information, see Modify Table Structure Dialog Box in the Help System.
• Create Points - Select this option to create point objects for a database that has X and Y coordinates
or longitude/latitude coordinate information. These points can be displayed on a map. If you do
not have coordinates in your table, then use Geocode to match some other geographic information
(such as street address) against a table that already has graphic objects.
For more information, see Create Points Dialog Box in the Help System.
• Update Column - Select this option to change a column's value by updating a table based on its
own data values or by updating a table based on data from another table. This dialog box
remembers the column that was updated the last time update was run and the expression that
was used for updating a column the last time an update was run.
For more information, see Update Column Dialog Box in the Help System.
• View/Edit Metadata - Select this option to view the metadata of a managed table.
• Add to Library - Select this option to create a metadata record for the layer in the MapInfo Manager
Library. You can perform this operation only after selecting the Catalogs and Library Mode
preference for library services and while at least one unmanaged native table is open.
For more information, see the Catalog Browser Help System.
To set preferences for library services: on the PRO tab, click Options, and Web Services. Click
the Library Services tab.
Note: To load the Catalog Browser tool into MapInfo Pro, on the HOME tab, in the Tools group,
click Tool Extensions, and click the Registered tab, and then select the Catalog Browser
check box.

• Close - Closing a table removes it from active use in your current session. When you close a table,
you automatically close all views of that table. When closing a table that displays in a Map window
with other tables, MapInfo Pro removes that table from the window and keeps the Map window
open.
For more information, see Closing a Table.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 172

 Getting Started

Selecting Multiple Tables in the Tables

Multiple tables can be selected with Ctrl, Shift keys, or arrow keys. Only Browse, Open in new Map
Window and Close options are enabled in the context menu for multi-selected tables.
Note: In tree view mode, only tables can be selected. Table type nodes are not selectable.

Dragging and Dropping in the Tables

To open multiple tables in a new Map window, select them (using the Ctrl and Shift keys) and then
drag and drop them on to a blank area. When dropping tables on to an existing Map window, MapInfo
Pro adds them to the Map window as new layers.
Note: Tables can be dropped only on a Map window or an empty area in the MapInfo Pro.

Sorting in the Tables Window

You can sort tables based on ascending order of table alias (name), descending order of table alias,
and recently opened. Sorting criteria persist across different MapInfo Pro sessions.
The following options under the List drop-down are available in the Tables window:

Group By Type Group tables by type into a tree view.

Ascending order Click to sort tables in ascending order.

Descending order Click to sort tables in descending order.

Recently Opened First Click to sort tables based on the order they were opened. The most recently
opened table displays first. In tree view mode, the table type nodes always
display in ascending order.

Searching the Tables

Searching Tables
You can search for a table name in the Tables window by typing characters in the Search text box.
The Tables view refreshes itself to show only those tables that contain the search characters.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 173

 Getting Started

Clear Search
Typing in the Search text box causes the Search button to change to a Clear Search button. To
clear the contents of the Search text box, click the Clear Search button.

About Automatic Metadata Updates when Using a Library Service

MapInfo Pro seamlessly works with MapInfo Manager through Library Service. A Library Service
lets you access the metadata records published in MapInfo Manager.

Effect of a Metadata Update

The automatic metadata update feature updates the date and time of the managed table's metadata
in MapInfo Manager. It also updates the bounds in metadata with respect to new data saved by a
user in a managed table. Updating the bounds in the metadata helps while searching managed
records within a map or drawing bounds on a map using the Catalog Browser.
Note: To properly show updated metadata in the Catalog Browser records, refresh the records
in the Catalog Browser by searching again in the MapInfo Manager exposed catalog that
you are working with.

Managed Table's Metadata Update

A table managed by the MapInfo Manager library is called a Managed Table. When saving edits
made to a managed table, its metadata is updated automatically using Library Service. This feature
is active when running MapInfo Pro with MapInfo Manager integration mode set to Catalogs and
Library. For details about Managed Tables, see the help topic Working with MapInfo Manager
Library Services.
If you are not running MapInfo Pro in Catalogs and Library mode, then the metadata update feature
is disabled.

Activating Library Service Mode

You can activate the Library Service by setting the MapInfo Manager Integration mode to Catalogs
and Library. To do this, on the PRO tab in the Options group, click on Web Services. In the Web
Services Preferences dialog box click Library Services.
For details about enabling the Library Services, see the help topic Setting the Library Services
Preferences in the Help System.
After setting the Library Services preferences to Catalogs and Library, the Tables window shows
the status of the tables and if they are managed or not by the MapInfo Manager library.

MapInfo Operations Triggering Automatic Metadata Update

A metadata update occurs automatically when performing some MapInfo Pro operations.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 174

 Getting Started

Saving Recent Edits to Managed Table

A metadata update occurs automatically when you commit edits back to a table.

Changing Structure of a Managed Table

A metadata update occurs automatically when changing the structure of a managed table by
performing following operations:
• Adding fields to a table
• Removing fields from a table
• Changing the order of fields
• Adding indexes to a table
• Removing indexes from a table
• Adding a map to a table
• Dropping a map from a table

Working with Layers in the Explorer Window

Introduction

The Explorer window lets you control the layers on display for all maps open in MapInfo Pro.
Clicking on a map name in the Layers list, brings the map to the front of view in MapInfo Pro. This
is also done by selecting the map name and pressing Enter.

Putting the Focus on to a Map

Double-clicking on a map name takes the focus to the map window. You can then use the arrow
keys to pan the map. This is useful when you want to put the focus in the map window without click
in the map window, because doing so might clear a table selection. You can also do this by selecting
the map name and then pressing the Ctrl and Enter keys.

Rearrange the Order of Layers

To reorder the layers, select a layer (map) name and press the up or down arrow keys to reposition
it in the list.

Select and Modify Many Layers at Once

Select multiple layers at once in the Layer list by using the Shift and Ctrl keys. Selecting a check
box for one of these layers then selects the check boxes for all selected layers. This is useful when

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 175

 Getting Started

turning several layers off, because the map redraws only once instead of redrawing for each layer
selection.
Modify multiple layers at once instead of having to modify layer properties one layer at a time. Use
the Shift and Ctrl keys to select multiple layers in the Layer list, and then right-click to open the
Layer Properties dialog box. Changes apply to all selected layers making it easier to ensure
consistency in your layer settings. You can also set the style override for all selected layers by
clicking the style swatch for one of the layers, or set the labeling font for all the selected layers by
right-clicking on one of the layers and then choosing Label Font.
You can only modify a selection of similar layers; if you select different types of layers, such as a
raster layer and a pie theme, then the dialog box is not enabled.

Preview Style Changes before committing them

Style dialog boxes that are launched by clicking a style swatch for a layer in the Layers list include
a Preview button. Use this Preview button to see what the map will look like with your style changes
before committing the change. You can cancel the preview if you do not like what you see by clicking
the Cancel button in the style dialog box.

Apply Display and Label Overrides for when zooming the Map
At different zoom levels information on the map may be difficult to view. Changing (overriding) the
display style for specific zoom levels can help. As an example, to make the map easier to read, you
may want roadways to display using a thick line when zoomed in to the map, but a very thin line
when zoomed out of the map.
Right-clicking on a layer in the Layers list and clicking the Add Display Override option creates a
display override for that layer. Right-clicking and clicking the Add Label Override option creates an
override for labels for a layer. The first display override defaults to the zoom range of the layer.
Adding subsequent display overrides splits the zoom range of the first display override. You can
then customize the display style for the layer at each specific zoom level.

Reorder Layers
The Layers list has multi-select capabilities. To change the order of one or more contiguous layers,
hold down the Shift key, select the layers, and drag them up or down. To change the order of one
or more layers that are out of sequence, hold down the Ctrl key, select the layers, and drag them
up or down.
When you begin to drag the layers, the cursor will change shape to represent the number of layers
being dragged. If you are dragging one layer, the cursor becomes an arrow icon with a single layer
icon attached to the top. If you are dragging multiple layers, the arrow icon will display multiple layer
icons at the top. If you select layers that cannot be dragged or if you are attempting to insert layers
where they cannot be inserted, the cursor becomes a circle with a line through it.
Note: A selection of layers that is out of sequence will become contiguous upon insertion.

Use the Move Layers Up or Move Layers Down buttons to move one or more layers. You cannot
reorder or remove the Cosmetic layer. It will always be the top layer.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 176

 Getting Started

Group Layers
Group layers to organize them, so that you can show or hide the entire group with a single click.
Note: Group Layers are not preserved when you do a Save Workspace As to a .MWS file.

Quick View an Entire Layer

Right-click on a layer name and choose View Entire Layer to see the layer as a whole without going
through a dialog box.

Rename Maps
You can give a descriptive title for your map by right-clicking on the Map name (at the top of the
layer list) and choosing Rename Map.

Suspend or Resume Map Drawing

For those times when you want to make many quick changes, and you do not want the map to
redraw after each change, you can toggle the Redraw button on the MAP tab to temporarily turn off
map display.
See also:
• Reordering Map Layers
• Grouping Layers
• Suspend or Resume Map Drawing

Accessing the Explorer Window

To access the Layers window:

On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list.
The Explorer window displays a list of the layers for each map that you have open in MapInfo Pro.

Adding Layers to the Map

You can add one layer to the current Map window at a time or use the multi-select functionality to
add layers simultaneously.
Note: You can only add layers from tables that are open. If you want to add a layer and you do
not see it in the list, make sure the table that contains that layer is open.

To add a layer to the current Map window:

1. On the Explorer window, click the Add button.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 177

 Getting Started

• To add a contiguous block of tables, select the first table, hold down the Shift key, select the
last table.
• To add multiple tables that are out of sequence, hold down the Ctrl key, select the tables.
To deselect tables, hold down the Ctrl key, click on the tables,

2. Click OK to add the tables to the MAps list.

Each table is ordered automatically according to the type of table it is. For instance, table with
points are placed above table with lines, which are placed above table with regions. Drag the
new tables to the appropriate position in the Maps list as necessary.

Reordering Map Layers

Map layers display in the order that they are listed in the Layers window, with the bottom layer
drawn first and the top layer (which is always the Cosmetic Layer) drawn last. It is important to order
your layers correctly.
For example, you have a layer of customer points and a layer of census tracts. If the layers are
incorrectly ordered in the Map window, MapInfo Pro might draw the customer points first and then
display the census tract layer second. Your points would be obscured by the census tract layer. You
can reorder how layers are displayed in a Map window two ways.
To reorder the layers in a map:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. Do one of the following:
• Select the layer or layers you want to reorder and use the Move Layers Up and Move Layers
Down buttons to position the layer(s) where you want them.
• Click the layer or layers and drag it (or them) to the new position. When you use the click and
drag method, the cursor changes and as you move the cursor, a marker displays indicating the
layer's new position.
If you cannot move a layer to a particular position (for example, attempting to move a layer
above the Cosmetic layer), the cursor changes to a circle with a slash through it to let you know
that you cannot move the layer to the proposed position.
Note: Since the Cosmetic layer is always the top layer, reordering has no effect on it. You
cannot move a layer above the Cosmetic layer.

Layer order is also important when you use the Select button. The Select command selects objects
from the topmost Selectable layer. If you have several objects at the same location, it is difficult to
select the exact one you want. You can reorder your layers in Layers window so that the layer you
want to select from is the new topmost layer.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 178

 Getting Started

MapInfo Pro does not allow you to control the front-to-back ordering of objects within a single map
layer. If you are editing a table, and you draw a line on top of a circle, the line might appear in front
of or behind the circle; you cannot control whether it is in the front or the back. You can, however,
control the front-to-back ordering of objects in a Layout window.
Note: If you need to control the ordering of objects (for example, you need to make sure that your
lines display on top of your regions), put the different object types in separate layers. Put
your line objects in one table, and put your region objects in another table. Then use the
Layers window to order the layers.

These topics are useful in understanding the reordering of Map Layers.

• Changing the Order of Contiguous Layers
• Changing the Order of Random Layers
• Grouping Layers
• Reordering Thematic Layers in the MapInfo Pro: Creating Thematic and Themed Maps Guide

Changing the Order of Contiguous Layers

To change the order of one or more contiguous layers in the Layer list:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
The Maps list has multi-select capabilities.
2. Hold down the Shift key.
3. Select the layers and drag them up or down in the list.
4. Click OK to save your changes.

Changing the Order of Random Layers

To change the order of one or more layers in the Layers window:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
The Maps list has multi-select capabilities.
2. Hold down the Ctrl key.
3. Select the random layers you want to move and drag them up or down in the list.
Note: A selection of layers that is out of sequence will become contiguous upon insertion.

You can also use the Move Layers Up or Move Layers Down buttons to move one or more
layers. You cannot reorder or remove the Cosmetic layer. It will always be the top layer.
See also:
• Reordering Map Layers
• Removing a Layer from the Map

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 179

 Getting Started

• Changing how a Layer Displays on the Map

Grouping Layers

You can group layers in the Explorer window to make it easier to make them visible or invisible
(showing or hiding them).
To hide a group of layers, so that they are not drawn on the map, check the Visible On/Off check
box in the Maps list.
Note: Group Layers are not preserved when you do a Save Workspace As to a .MWS file.

Adding a Group to the Layer List

To add a group to the Layer list:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. In the Maps list, right-click on a map name and choose Add Group from the pop-up menu.
The new group displays in the Layer list for the map.
3. Type a name for the new group.
To add a group (as a subgroup) to an already existing group:
• Right-click on the group name and select Add Group from the popup menu.

Changing the Name of a Group

To change a group name:
1. Right-click on the group name and select Rename from the popup menu.
2. Type the new name for the group.

Adding or Removing Layers for a Group

Add layers to the Maps list as described in Adding Layers to the Map. You can then drag and drop
layers to add or remove them for a group.

Removing a Group
To remove a Group Layer from the Maps list either:
• Ungroup layers by right-clicking on the group name and selecting Ungroup from the popup menu.
This deletes the group, but does not delete the layers that are inside the group.
• Delete layers by selecting the group and then clicking the Remove button. This deletes the group
and deletes all of the layers inside the group.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 180

 Getting Started

The group is removed from the Maps list. The layers contained within the group now display in the
Maps list, they are not removed.

Working with a Catalog Browser Group Layer

The Catalog Browser tool lets you add a translucent overlay to a map window that shows the location
of a particular metadata record. See the Catalog Browser Help System for help on using this feature.
The overlay information saves to a temporary group layer in the Explorer window called Catalog
Browser.
You can make Catalog Browser group layers selectable and visible in the Explorer window. If you
double-click on the overlay in the map window, then the Rectangle Object dialog displays with
location information for the overlay, such as bounds, centroid, and size. You cannot label the overlay.
To remove an overlay from the map window, either close the map window or close MapInfo Pro.
You can also remove the layer from within the Catalog Browser by clicking the View Bounds on
Map button for the metadata record.
Note: To load the Catalog Browser tool into MapInfo Pro, on the HOME tab, in the Tools group,
click the Registered tab, and then select the Catalog Browser check box.

Renaming a Map

To rename a map in the Explorer windows list:

1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the a window with a list of the map layers.
2. Right-click on the map name and select Rename from the pop-up menu.
The map name redisplays with the new name.

Renaming a Layer
You can rename a layer in the same way that you would rename a map:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the a window with a list of the map layers.
2. Right-click on the layer name and select Rename from the pop-up menu.

To restore the default layer name for a renamed layer, select this option again to display the
icon on the far right of the selection. Click to delete the friendly name.
Note: You can only rename layers when the Show Friendly Names preference is enabled in the
Layer Control Options dialog. To set this, on the PRO tab, select Options, and click Layers

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 181

 Getting Started

to open the Layer Control Options dialog box. Select the Show Friendly Names check box
to enable assigning a friendly name to layers.

Map legend titles default to the friendly names (friendly names also display in the Create Legend
– Choose layers dialog). For thematic legends this does not happen when the title is updated during
theme creation (or when Title AUTO is set in the MapBasic Set Legend statement).
You can also assign a default name to a layer using the Description field (part of Definition section)
in a TAB file. To do this, a preference must first be set in the Layer Control Options dialog. On the
PRO tab, select Options, and click Layers to open the Layer Control Options dialog box. Select
the Use Description Field for Friendly Name check box.

Removing a Layer from the Map

To remove a layer from the current Map window:

1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. Click the layer or layers you want to remove, using the Shift key to select adjacent layers or the
Ctrl key to select random layers.
3. Click the Remove Layers button. MapInfo Pro removes the layers from the list.
The Map window redraws without the removed layers.

Removing Multiple Layers from a Map

To remove multiple layers:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. Do one of the following:
• To remove contiguous layers select the first layer, hold down the Shift key and select the last
layer. Click the Remove Layers button.
• To remove multiple layers that are out of sequence, hold down the Ctrl key, select the layers.
Click the Remove Layers button.

The Cosmetic layer cannot be removed. You cannot remove all of the map layers. There must
always be at least one main layer displaying in the Maps list. Selecting all the map layers disables
the Remove Layers button.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 182

 Getting Started

Suspend or Resume Map Drawing

All changes made to map layers in the Explorer window take effect immediately. If make many
changes quickly and do not want the map to redraw with each change, then you can suspend the
redraw feature.
To suspend map redraw:
• Click the Redraw command on the MAP tab's Options group.
With the map drawing suspended, you can make as many changes as you like to the layer properties,
without having to wait for any map redraws. When you are finished changing layer properties, click
Redraw again, to resume normal map redrawing.

Changing how the Layer/Maps List Displays in the Explorer Window

You can control how the layer list behaves and how it displays in the Explorer window by specifying
whether the list automatically collapses to save space or lists only the active maps, and if the layers
in the list show or hide the layer type icon for example.
To open the Layer Control Options dialog box to specify how the layer list behaves and displays:
1. On the PRO tab, select Options, and click Layers.
2. Change settings as necessary and click OK.

Setting Options
Maps to show in the Layer list:
• List all maps - This displays all layers for all maps in the Layers window.
• List only the active map - This displays only the layers for the active map in the Layers window.
Inactive map layers do not display.
• Collapse list to save space - The Layers window lists all the layers in all the maps in the workspace.
The list is automatically expanded or collapsed as you switch from map window to map window,
so that only the active map window is expanded.
• Confirm removal of layers - Check to enable a confirmation prompt that displays when deleting a
layer from the Layers list.
• Show ToolTips when cursor is over layer list - Check to display table names, .TAB file paths, and
zoom range information in ToolTips as you move the cursor over the layer list.
• Show icons for styles and layer types - Check to show the layer type icons in the layer list. These
are the icons that indicate the types of items in the layer, such as points, lines, regions, theme
range, or raster images.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 183

 Getting Started

Changing How a Layer Displays on the Map

The Layer Properties dialog box customizes the display for each layer in a Map window.
To change the display options of a layer:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. Do one of the following:

• Select a layer and right-click Layer Properties .

• Double-click a layer name to open the Layer Properties dialog box.
You can change the default styles for the layer, set the zoom at which a layer displays, and
show line direction, object nodes and centroids.

3. On the Layer Display tab, check the Style Override or the Display within Zoom Range check
boxes.
The Zoom Layering options allow you to determine zoom levels at which the selected layer
displays, so that the map layer displays only when the map's zoom level falls within this preset
distance.
For more about zoom layering, see Setting the Zoom Layering.
The Show options at the bottom of the Layer Display tab, allow you to set the way points, lines
and regions display on the current layer.
Note: For information about using stacked styles, see Stacking Styles for a Layer.

4. Select the Show line direction check box to show the direction of line objects.
5. Select the Show Nodes check box if you plan to edit objects in a layer and need to see the object's
nodes.
6. Select the Show Centroids check box to show the centroid of an object.
7. Click Styles for New Objects to set specific styles (for lines, symbols, or regions) that will be
applied to every item in the layer. This button is enabled when a layer is editable. Clicking Styles
for New Objects opens the Insert Style dialog box where you can add, remove, and reorder
styles for the layer. In this dialog box, clicking on a style swatch opens the Style dialog box for
setting color, line pattern, or symbol shape.
8. Make your new selections and then click OK to return to the Layer Properties dialog box.
9. Click OK to return to the Layers window.
The map redraws with your changes.
For more information about changing the look of data on your layers, see Changing a Map's Style
in the Help System.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 184

 Getting Started

When you select a layer in the layer list, the STYLE tab displays on the MapInfo Pro ribbon. You
can change style settings using the commands on this tab. For an overview of these commands,
see the STYLE Tab.

Changing Display Options for Multiple Layers

You can change layer properties for multiple layers at the same time, so long as they are the same
type of layer (lines, regions, or symbols). Press the Shift or the Ctrl key while selecting layers to
make multiple selections, and then right-click and choose Layer Properties. If the layers you select
are not all the same type (you selected a line layer and a symbol layer for example), then the Layer
Properties command is disabled.
You can also set a style override for all the selected layers by clicking the Style Override swatch,
or set the labeling font for all the selected layers by right-clicking on one of the selected layers and
then choosing Label Font.

Setting the Zoom Layering

Sometimes you want a map layer to display only at certain zoom levels. Zoom layering controls the
display of a map layer so that it displays only when the map's zoom level falls within a preset distance.

For example, you have a layer of streets and a layer of postal code boundaries. When you zoom
out past 10 or so miles, the streets look like a black smudge in the window. This is because the
zoom (window width) is too wide to show detailed street maps. Use zoom layering to tell MapInfo
Pro to display the street layer only when the zoom is set to a distance that allows you to see the
street detail properly, for instance, less than 5 miles.
The first map does not have zoom layering set for its street layer. At a zoom of 15 miles across,
notice how difficult it is to see any detail. The second map has zoom layering set to display the
streets when the zoom is less than five miles. Therefore, the streets layer does not display when
the window is set at 15 miles.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 185

 Getting Started

To set zoom layering:

1. Make the target table editable. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows,
and click Explorer from the list, to open the Explorer window.
2. In the Maps list, double-click the layer name for which to set zoom layering. The Layer Properties
dialog box displays.
3. On the Layer Display tab, click the Display within Zoom Range check box to activate the zoom
distance boxes.
4. Specify a minimum and maximum distance within which you want the layer to display. Note that
you cannot change display settings for more than one layer at a time.
5. Click OK to save your settings.
You can display different layers in the same Map window at different zoom levels. For example, you
have a layer of streets, a layer of county boundaries, and a layer of state boundaries. You want the
streets layer to be visible only when the zoom level is less than eight miles. You want the county
boundary layer to display when the zoom level falls between 20 miles and 200 miles. You want the
states boundary layer to be visible only when the zoom level is greater than 100 miles. You can set
a different zoom level for every layer in your Map window.
Note: When you add an object, a region, a line, or a polyline in the Map window and zoom out
beyond where the zoom layer would permit you to see that feature, MapInfo Pro turns off
zoom layering so you can continue to see what you are working on. When you complete the
add process, a message displays asking you if you want to leave zoom layering off (so you
will still be able to see the feature). If you click Cancel, MapInfo Pro cancels the zoom layering.
If you click OK, you need to adjust your zoom settings to see this feature again.

Changing a Map's Zoom Level

You change a map's zoom level or scale by specifying certain parameters in the Change View
dialog box.
To scale your map:
1. Right-click on the map and select Change View from the pop-up menu to open the Change View
dialog box.
2. Type the new Zoom [window width].
3. Type the new Map scale.
4. Type the new X and Y Center of window coordinates to position your map.
5. Click OK.
The Change View dialog box allows you to set various parameters of the map including:
• Display the current zoom, scale or cursor position in the status bar (the default unit of distance is
miles. This is set on the PRO tab, by clicking Options, and Map Window).
• Change the zoom, scale, and the center point of the current map view.
• Behavior of the map when you resize the window.
• Resize the map to fit the new window, keeping the view the same.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 186

 Getting Started

• Set the map to preserve the current scale, so that resizing the window has the effect of letting you
see more or less of the map.

Zooming In on a Map
To zoom in on a Map window:
1. On the MAP tab, in the Navigate group, click Zoom In.
2. Do one of the following:
• Click on the center of the area you want to zoom in on. The area magnifies by a factor of two.
This point will be at the center of the map in the zoomed-in view. You can repeat this procedure
until you have the desired level of enlargement.
• Draw a marquee around the area by dragging the mouse diagonally across it. MapInfo Pro
then enlarges the selected area to fill the Map window. The area enclosed by the dotted rectangle
is the area that is being zoomed in on.

When you are done, the area enclosed by the Zoom In marquee occupies the entire map. However,
the aspect ratio is not changed, so if you choose an area that has a very different shape from the
window, you will end up seeing a much wider or taller area of the map than you selected.
See Also:
• Re-Center and Specify a Zoom Level for the Layout Window in the MapInfo Pro: Preparing Maps
for Publishing Guide.

Zooming Out on a Map

To zoom out on a Map window:
1. On the MAP tab, in the Navigate group, click Zoom Out.
2. Do one of the following:
• Click on the center of the area you want to zoom out from. This will increase the visible area
of the map by a linear factor of two. The map is redrawn placing the point at the center of the
Map window in the zoomed-out view. You can repeat this procedure as desired.
• Draw a marquee in the Map window by diagonally dragging the mouse. The map is redrawn
so that the area you started with is positioned within the marquee area and more of the map
appears around it.

The Zoom Out marquee shows the area that will be occupied by the current map image when the
zoom out is complete. That is, the current map image is reduced to that size, and more of the map
displays.
See Also:
• Re-Center and Specify a Zoom Level for the Layout Window in the MapInfo Pro: Preparing Maps
for Publishing Guide.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 187

 Getting Started

Setting Different Styles for Different Zoom Levels

A zoom range layer override is a set of display properties that replace the default properties of
objects or labels in a single map layer. Each layer override has a unique zoom range in which its
properties are applied to the layer.
At different zoom levels information on the map may be difficult to view. Changing (overriding) the
display style for specific zoom levels can help. As an example, to make the map easier to read, you
may want roadways to display using a thick line when zoomed in to the map, but a very thin line
when zoomed out of the map.
Right-clicking on a layer name in the Maps window list and clicking the Add Display Override option
creates a display override for that layer. The first display override defaults to the zoom range of the
layer. Adding subsequent display overrides splits the zoom range of the first display override. You
can then customize the display style for the layer at each specific zoom level.
When you first create an override none of its properties are set. It has the same properties as the
layer. Setting a property for the override, such as changing the font color for labels, does not affect
the layer. If you select the layer and open the Properties dialog box for it, it shows the original font
color is still set for the layer.
You cannot apply style overrides to raster type maps, such as bitmap (*.bmp) images, JPG images,
or tile server images.

Creating Override Styles for Different Zoom Levels

At different zoom levels information on the map may be difficult to view. Changing (overriding) the
display style for specific zoom levels can help.
To create a display override:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. Right-click on a layer in the Layers list and then select Add a Display Override.
This creates a display override for that layer. It displays as an indented layer in the Layers list.
It may be necessary to click the Expand arrow to the left of the layer name in order to see the
zoom range display overrides.
The first display override defaults to the zoom range of the layer. Adding subsequent display
overrides splits the zoom range of the first display override.
3. Double-click on the display override or right click it and then select Display Override Properties
to open the Zoom Ranged Label Override dialog box.
4. Set display settings and then click OK.
For details about these settings, see the next section Changing Override Style Properties
already set for Different Zoom Levels.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 188

 Getting Started

Changing Override Style Properties already set for Different Zoom Levels
To add and change the properties for a display override:
1. In the Layers list, double-click the display override name to open the Zoom Ranged Label
Override dialog box. Or, right-click on the display override name and select Display Override
Properties.
2. Make any of the following settings for the display override for the layer:
• Style Override - To override the default style of a layer, select the Style Override check box.
• Style buttons - One or more buttons display, depending on what is in the layer. For example,
if a layer contains points and lines, there will be two buttons, allowing you to set Symbol Style
and Line Style. Click the button to display the appropriate style dialog box.
• Apply within zoom range - Check to activate zoom layering.
• Min Zoom - The minimum distance at which a layer is visible.
• Max Zoom - The maximum distance at which a layer is visible.
You can set the layer zoom range that determines which layers in your Map window are
displayed at any one time. Zoom Layering allows you to set the minimum and maximum
distances at which a layer is visible. This is particularly useful if you have an open table of
street-level data for an entire state. It is not effective to see this map with all local streets
displayed. Set the zoom layer to display the streets only when the map zoom level is within a
particular range.
For instance, if you want your streets to be visible only when you are zoomed in closer than
three miles, set the minimum zoom to 0 and the maximum zoom to 3.
• Translucency - Use the Translucency slide bar to adjust the translucency for the image.
Translucency can be set between 0-100%. An image with 0% translucency is completely opaque
(or cannot be seen through). An image with 100% translucency is completely transparent (or
completely invisible).
• Show Line Direction - To show the direction of line objects, select the Show Line Direction
check box. This is particularly helpful on a street layer when you need to determine which side
of the street is the FromLeft, ToLeft and FromRight, ToRight for proper addressing.
• Show Nodes - Select the Show Nodes check box if you plan to edit objects in a layer and need
to see the object's nodes.
• Show Centroids - To show the centroid of an object, select the Show Centroids check box.

3. Set display settings and then click OK.

Splitting an Override Property

Splitting overrides creates more overrides, which means that you see more changes as you zoom
in and out of the map. This is useful for situations such as when you want roads to look wider as
you zoom in closer. To achieve this effect, you need more than one display override. You would
split the display override in two, and then give the different overrides different display settings.
To split an existing display override for a layer:

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 189

 Getting Started

1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. To see a list of overrides for a layer, expand the layer in the Layers window by clicking the
expand/collapse icon to the left of the layer name.
3. Right-click the override for a layer and select Split from the list.
The override zoom range is split evenly. You can now customize the style for the layer at each
specific zoom level, see Changing Override Style Properties already set for Different Zoom
Levels.

Removing an Override Property

Removing an override does not affect the other overrides in the list.
To remove a display override from a layer:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. To see a list of overrides for a layer, expand the layer in the Explorer window by clicking the
expand/collapse icon to the left of the layer name.
3. Right-click the display override to remove from a layer and select Remove from the list.
To remove multiple display overrides, press the Ctrl key while making your selections.

The override is removed.

Drag and Drop an Override to a Different Layer
You can copy a layer's display overrides or label overrides on to other layers in the map window or
other map windows. This lets you reuse layer settings on other layers without having to re-enter all
of the settings manually.
To copy overrides onto another layer:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. Locate the layer that already contains the overrides that you want to copy.
3. If necessary, click the Expand icon to the left of the layer name to view the layer's list of overrides.
4. Select the overrides that you want to copy (using Shift-click and/or Ctrl-click to select multiple
overrides).
5. Drag the overrides over another layer name in the Layers list. When the cursor is over a layer
that can receive the overrides, the cursor changes to a pointer with a plus sign (+). Release the
mouse to complete the drag operation. The overrides copy onto the layer.

Customizing the Override Style

You can customize the override style, by clicking on the style swatch.
See Also:
• Changing a Map's Zoom Level

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 190

 Getting Started

• Zooming In on a Map
• Zooming Out on a Map

Stacking Display Styles to Create a Custom Look

You can stack styles for a layer, so that they become a list of styles drawn on top of each other, to
create a more complex or interesting looking map feature. You can stack styles for points, polylines,
and polygon features. This is especially useful for polyline styles.
Figure A shows a sample line using one of MapInfo's interleaved line styles. Figure B shows the
same sample using a stacked line style.

A. interleaved line style B. stacked line style

Stacked styles create more meaningful display styles for your application without having to add your
data as multiple layers in a map. You can define as many styles in a stacked style as you want.
However, the more styles you define the more you will impact the map's rendering performance.
Typically, most cartographic maps would use two or three styles in a stacked style to draw features.

Stacked Styles are part of Layer Style Overrides

To set up a stacked style, you must first check the layer's Style Override check box, which you
access through the Layer Properties dialog box (or, similarly, through the Zoom Ranged Display
Override dialog box). Stacked styles become part of your layer's display settings and apply to every

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 191

 Getting Started

object in the layer. Stacked styles are not stored as part of a TAB file; instead, they are saved in a
workspace, because they are part of a layer's display settings. This means that you can apply
stacked styles even if the TAB files you are working with are read-only.

How Ranged Themes and Individual Value Themes apply to Stacked Styles
When applying a ranged theme or an individual value theme to a layer that has stacked display
styles, the stacked styles are modified by the theme.
If the theme modifies:
• color, then the color for each style in the stack are modified.
• size, such as symbol size or line width, then the largest style in the stack is modified and all other
styles are scaled according to it. This ensures that symbols, and lines, do not obscure one another.
Themes work across all styles in a stack, you cannot apply a theme to an individual style in a stack.

Stacking Styles for a Layer

To set stacked styles for a layer:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. In the Layer s list, right-click a layer to add stacked styles to and select Layer Properties from
the pop-up menu.
3. In the Layer Properties dialog box, on the Layer Display tab, select the Style Override check
box.
4. Select the Use Stacked Styles check box.
5. Click on the Style button.
6. In the Stacked Styles dialog box, click Add to add another style to the stack.
When you click the Add button the top two passes in the list are the same. The new pass is a
copy of the previous style pass. Modify one or more of the style passes, so that the top style
does not cover up the lower passes. For example, when creating a stacked symbol style, you
might give the top pass a smaller symbol size, or give the second pass a larger symbol size.
7. In the Styles list, click on a style swatch and modify its settings. This opens a style dialog for the
object type: region, symbol, or line. Make your changes and click OK.
Note: When creating a stacked region style, uncheck the Background check box in the Region
Style dialog to make the top style transparent.

8. Repeat the previous step to modify styles settings for the other style swatches in the Style list.
9. Optionally, reorder styles in the style list by clicking the Move Up and Move Down buttons.
10. Click OK to close the stacked styles dialog box and apply your settings. Your settings display on
the map for the layer.
Once you have set up a stacked style, you can modify the style by clicking the layer swatch in the
Layers list.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 192

 Getting Started

Changing a Stacked Style Back to a Simple Style

To change a stacked style back to a simple style:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. In the Layers list, click on the style swatch of the stacked style that you want to modify.
3. Select the item from the Style list that you do not want and click Remove. Continue until only a
single style is left in the list.
4. Click OK to apply your changes to the layer.

Positioning and Sizing Labels

To label a map object using the Label button:

1. Make sure that the layer containing the objects you want to label is selectable. On the HOME
tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list, to open the
Explorer window. Click the Selectable icon to set layer selection to On.
2. On the MAP tab, in the Label group, click Label Tool.
3. Click on an object on the map to display a label for that object.
MapInfo Pro labels the object with the values (from the column that you specified for that layer in
the Layer Properties dialog box on the Label Display tab).

Changing Label Options

Two features in the Layer Properties dialog box help you with label placement: Label Position and
Offset.
To change label options:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. In the list, double-click the layer name to open the Layer Properties dialog box.
3. Select the Label Display tab and specify the desired label options, such as label style.
4. Select the Labeling Rules tab and specify the desired label placement and label adjustments,
such as allow or discard overlapping text, try other positions when overlapping occurs, allow
duplicate text, and label partial objects.
Label Position (also called the anchor point) is the label's position relative to the map object.
Click on one of the buttons to select an anchor point. You have nine choices.
The anchor point is an ongoing attribute of the label. For example, if you anchor a point object's
label at Center Left and you increase the label's font size, the text will grow to the left. This way,
the text can never overwrite the point.
The default anchor point varies with the type of map object you are labeling:

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 193

 Getting Started

• Regions default to Center.

• Lines default to Below Center.
• Points default to Right.
Label Offset is how far away a label is from its anchor point. Specify the number of half spaces
you want the label to be from the anchor point in the Label Offset box.
5. Click OK.
The map redraws with your changes.

Label Size
Label size does not change with zoom or scale changes. Labels display at the size you specify at
all zoom levels as well as on printed output. Labels are never hidden behind other geographic objects
because they are always the last objects drawn on the map.

Understanding the Behavior of Label Style Overrides on Custom Labels

Edited label properties take precedence over override properties. For example, if a custom (edited)
label has an anchor position of lower left, and an override comes into effect that changes the position
of labels to center, then the custom label remains at lower left.
For polyline data, overrides may change the orientation of labels between horizontal, rotated with
the line segment, or curved. Curved labels can be dragged to reposition them along their polyline.
However they cannot be dragged away from their polyline like horizontal or rotated labels can be.
Therefore, once you drag a horizontal or rotated label, it cannot be changed into a curved label by
an override, even if the label was previously curved.

Displaying the Lines, Nodes, and Centroids

The Layer Properties dialog box allows you to display line directions, nodes, and object centroids.
Select the Show Line Direction check box when you want to show the direction in which line objects
are drawn. Check the Show Nodes check box to display the nodes in a layer.
The Show Centroids box displays the centroids of each object in a layer. In MapInfo Pro, a region's
centroid does not represent its center of mass. Instead, the centroid represents the location used
for automatic labeling, geocoding, and placement of thematic pie and bar charts. If you edit a map
in Reshape mode, you can reposition region centroids by dragging them. You can work in reshape
mode on the SPATIAL tab, in the Edit group, by clicking Reshape.
For instructions on inserting table-based style in the Layers window, see Inserting Styles into
Tables.

Changing a Region's Centroid

Autolabels, thematic bar and pie graphs, and point objects created by geocoding are drawn at the
object's centroid. You can move a region's centroid, which will in turn affect the location of all future

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 194

 Getting Started

objects drawn in this region. However, autolabels, and geocoded point objects drawn prior to changing
an object's centroid remain unchanged.
To move a region's centroids:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. In the Maps list, double-click the layer name to open the Layer Properties dialog box.
3. On the Layer Display tab, check the Show Centroids check box.
4. Click OK.
5. On the MAP tab, in the Selection group, click Select from the drop-down list.
6. Select the object on the map whose centroid you want to move.
7. On the SPATIAL tab, in the Edit group, click Nodes, and Reshape.
If this option is not available, then check that the layer you selected is set as editable. In the
Layers list, click beside the layer name to turn on editing.
8. Click the centroid and drag it to another location within the object.
See Also:
Drawing Autolabels

Editing a Layer's Labeling Options

The Layer Properties dialog box lets you to customize the automatic labeling for each layer.
To change the label options of a layer:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. In the Maps list, double-click the layer name to open the Layer Properties dialog box.
3. Select the Label Display tab, and make any changes.
• You can select a new labeling column or labeling expression for this layer from the Label with
drop-down list. (You can only set a Label with expression on a single layer. After selecting
multiple layers in the Layers list, the Label with list disables and shows a message that says
Mixed.)
• You can set the label styles by clicking Aa and translucency using the Translucency slider.

4. Select the Labeling Rules tab, and make any changes.

• You can determine the label's position relative to the object (line) by selecting a Label Position
and offset value.
• You can set the label visibility options in this layer based on overlap, duplication, partial labeling
of objects, and zoom criteria.

5. Click OK.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 195

 Getting Started

The map redraws with your changes.

Editing a Label's Style

A label is a text object, and can be edited like any text object. When closing a table containing edited
labels, you will be prompted to save or discard the labels. If you choose to save the labels, the table
will be saved as a workspace with a .WOR extension.
To change the style of a label:
1. Click the Select command and then double-click a label on the map to open the Label Style
dialog box.
2. Make your changes and click OK.
3. Alternatively, make changes to the selected label from the LABELS tab on the ribbon.
The map refreshes with the changes.
See Also:
Drawing Autolabels

Drawing Autolabels

You activate automatic labeling for a label from the Layers window.
To automatically label a layer in a map using information from that layer:
• Click the Automatic Labels icon beside the layer name that you want to turn labeling on for.
The map redraws, so that labels for this layer are visible.
Labels are from the table column set in Layer Properties dialog box from the Label with list on the
Label Display tab. To open this dialog box and see the label settings, double-click the layer name.
You can change visibility, content, font, text color, line style, and position of labels.
Note: You can only set a Label with expression on a single layer. After selecting multiple layers in
the Layer list, the Label with list disables and shows a message that says Mixed.

Deactivating Automatic Labeling

You deactivate automatic labeling for a label from the Layers window.
To deactivate automatic labeling:
• Click the Automatic Labels icon beside the layer name that you want to turn labeling off for.
The map redraws, so that labels for this layer are no longer visible.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 196

 Getting Started

Working with Text or Objects

You can add text to a Map window to add labels or to annotate your map in some way. MapInfo Pro
treats the text you enter as an object.

Entering Text
To enter text into the current Map window:
1. From the Explorer window, click the Editable icon for the layer you want to add the text to.
2. On the SPATIAL tab, in the Create group, click Insert and Text.
3. Click the mouse button to place the cursor where you want the text to display. Do not worry about
the precise location, you can drag the text to another location later, if necessary.
4. Type the text you want to display.
5. Click elsewhere on the map to save this entry.
If you want to change the text or text properties, double-click the text object to display the Text
Object dialog box. Here you can change the content, the font size and style, the line spacing, the
justification, the rotation, and the label line.

Deleting Text or Objects

To delete objects in a Map window, the text or objects must be editable and selectable. The selection
is not placed on the clipboard.
To delete text or objects:
1. Select the text or object you want to delete.
2. Do one of the following:
• Press the Backspace key.
• Press the Delete key.
• On the SPATIAL tab, in the Clipboard group, choose Cut.

The selected text or object is deleted. You can use the Undo command immediately after using Cut
to reverse the action.
The Clear command clears the selection, not the object or text.

Specifying the Font Styles of Existing Text

The Text Style command on the SPATIAL tab applies to text, text objects, and all text in browsers.
Text Style does not apply to symbols, lines, or closed objects such as rectangles. To change them,
on the SPATIAL tab, in the Create group, on the Style list, click Symbol Style, Line Style, and Region
Style.
To change the font styles of existing text:

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 197

 Getting Started

1. In the Explorer window click the Editable icon for the layer where the text resides.
If you are changing text objects, make the Cosmetic Layer editable.
2. Select the text or text objects you want to change.
3. On the SPATIAL tab, choose Text Style from the list in the Create group. The Text Style dialog
box opens.
4. Choose a font, size, and color.
5. Choose OK. The text's font, size, and color change according to your selections.
6. To make your changes permanent, save your table.

Specifying the Font Styles of New Text

The Text Style command applies to text, text objects, and all text in browsers
Text Style does not apply to symbols, lines, or closed objects such as rectangles. To change them,
on the SPATIAL tab, in the Create group, click Symbol Style, Line Style, and Region Style.
To specify the font styles of new text:
1. In the Explorer window click the Editable icon for the layer where the text resides.
If you are creating text objects, make the Cosmetic Layer editable.
2. On the SPATIAL tab, choose Text Style from the list in the Create group. The Text Style dialog
box opens.
3. Choose a font, size and color.
MapInfo Pro honors the use of non-TrueType fonts, but we recommend the use of TrueType
fonts wherever possible.
When you use the Text Style dialog box, you may notice that only TrueType fonts display in the
Font list by default. If you have used a non-TrueType font in an old workspace or table, this font
appears in the Font list. If you use a non-TrueType font in an existing workspace or .TAB file and
begin using the curved labels feature, MapInfo Pro substitutes the font you are using with a
TrueType font.
4. Create the text or text objects. The text displays with the font, size, and color you selected.
5. Click OK to save your text.

Erasing an Object or a Portion of an Object

You can erase either closed objects (regions, ellipses, rectangles, rounded rectangles) or open
objects (polylines, lines and arcs) using the Erase Target command. You cannot use Erase Target
on points or text objects.
To erase an object or a portion of an object:
1. In the Explorer window click the Editable icon for the layer containing the objects to erase.
2. Select the object(s) to be the target for editing, and on the SPATIAL tab, in the Edit group, click
Set Target.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 198

 Getting Started

3. Create and select the erasing object (or use objects from the same or another layer). The erasing
object must be closed.
4. On the SPATIAL tab, in the Edit group, click Erase Target.
5. At the Data Disaggregation dialog box, set the field functions to be either blank, value or area
proportion.
6. Click OK.
The target object is erased where the erasing object was.

Erasing the Outside of an Object

You can erase either closed polygons (regions, ellipses, rectangles, or rounded rectangles) or open
objects (polylines, lines and arcs) using the Erase Outside Target command. You cannot use Erase
Outside Target on points or text objects. The erasing object must be selected.
The difference between Erase Outside Target and Erase Target lies in which portion of the map
object is removed. Erase Outside Target removes the portion of the target object outside the erasing
object while Erase Target removes the portion inside the eraser.
To erase the outside of an object:
1. In the Explorer window click the Editable icon to make the layer editable.
2. Set the object(s) to be the target for editing.
3. Create and select the erasing object (or use objects from the same or another layer). The erasing
object must be closed.
4. On the SPATIAL tab, in the Edit group, click Erase Target, and Erase Outside Target.
5. At the Data Disaggregation dialog box, set the field values to be either blank, value or area
proportion.
6. Click OK.
The target object is erased except where the erasing object was located.

Removing Associated Data after Using Erase Outside Target

Data disaggregation removes the data associated with the portion of the map object that is eliminated
during the Erase Outside Target and Erase Target operations. For instance, if you edit your sales
territory using Erase Outside Target to remove all but a 25 mile zone around the home office, you
can remove all the data from the target object (your sales territory) except that which is proportional
to the zone's area.
The Data Disaggregation dialog box displays after you initiate the Erase Outside Target command.
For each field choose whether the data from the target region is maintained (by choosing Value),
removed (by choosing Blank) or proportioned (by choosing Area Proportion).

Undoing Your Last Action

If you perform an action that produces an unwanted result, you sometimes can reverse or undo the
action.
To undo an action, on the SPATIAL tab, in the Clipboard group, clickUndo.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 199

 Getting Started

The Undo feature is affected by the number of undo objects specified in the System Preferences
dialog box (on the PRO tab, click Options, and System Settings).
Note: You cannot undo the following: Revert, Save, Save As, or Modify Table, or any operations
whose effects are primarily cosmetic.

Understanding the Cosmetic Layer

Every Map window in MapInfo Pro has a Cosmetic Layer. Think of the Cosmetic Layer as the blank
transparency that lies on top of the other map layers (transparencies). It can store map titles and
other graphic objects you create during a work session. The Cosmetic Layer is always the top layer
of the map. You cannot remove or reorder the Cosmetic Layer.

You can only make the Cosmetic Layer editable or selectable. Other layer options (labeling, zoom
layering, display mode) are not available for the Cosmetic Layer. To select fill patterns, line types,
symbols, and text font for the Cosmetic Layer, use the Line Style, RRegion Style, Symbol Style and
Text Style commands on the SPATIAL tab, in the Create group, from the Style list.
The contents of the Cosmetic Layer are linked proportionally to the map. Map objects (except for
symbols) and text in the Cosmetic Layer are proportionally linked to the zoom level of the map. If
you draw objects in the Cosmetic Layer and then change the map's zoom from 30 to 100 miles, the
size of the objects will appear smaller.

Using the Cosmetic Layer

The Cosmetic Layer is the topmost layer of a Map window. It contains labels, map titles and other
graphic objects and can be used for drawing. It is always displayed. In the Layers window, you can
make the Cosmetic Layer editable or selectable. This allows you to make changes to any labels or
objects you have created in this layer.
To make the Cosmetic Layer editable or selectable:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. Click the Editable icon to make the layer editable.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 200

 Getting Started

3. Click the Selectable icon to activate it for the Cosmetic Layer.

CAUTION: Objects created in the Cosmetic Layer are not saved when you close a Map window.
You must save them to a table (either an existing table or a new one).

Removing Cosmetic Objects

To clear objects from the Cosmetic Layer:
• In the Explorer window, right-click on the map name and choose Clear Cosmetic Layer.
• On the MAP menu, in the Content group, click Cosmetic, and click Clear Cosmetic Layer from the
list.

Removing All Objects from the Cosmetic Layer

To remove all objects from the cosmetic layer:
1. In the Explorer window, right-click on the map name and choose Clear Cosmetic Layer.
2. Click the Discard button. All objects are removed from the Cosmetic Layer.

Saving Cosmetic Objects

When you close a Map window, MapInfo Pro does not save the objects in the Cosmetic Layer
automatically. To save objects drawn on the Cosmetic Layer, you must either save the table to a
workspace or to a table. When you close a Map window without saving the Cosmetic objects first,
MapInfo Pro prompts you with the Save Map Objects dialog box to encourage you to do so. You
can turn this prompt off in Map Preferences dialog box.
To save the objects in the Cosmetic Layer to a workspace:
1. Click the Close button in the upper right hand corner of the Map window. The Save Map Objects
dialog box displays.
2. Click Save to display the Save Workspace dialog box.
3. Type the name of the workspace in the File name field and click Save.
You can also save the contents of the Cosmetic Layer to a table.

Saving Objects on the Cosmetic Layer

You can save cosmetic objects to an existing table and to a new table.
To save cosmetic objects:
1. On the MAP tab, in the Content group, click Cosmetic, and click Save Cosmetic Objects from
the list (or right-click on the Map window). The Save Cosmetic Objects dialog box displays.
The drop-down list displays the available layers or allows you to create a new layer. MapInfo Pro
displays a list of all open mappable tables, regardless of whether the table is part of the current
Map window.
2. Do one of the following:

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 201

 Getting Started

• To save the objects to an existing table, choose the table to which you want to transfer the
cosmetic objects from the list.
• To save the objects to a new table, choose the New option in the dialog box. Select the path
for the new table and enter the name in the Save Objects to Table dialog box. Click Save.

3. Click Save in the Save Cosmetic Objects dialog box.

MapInfo Pro either saves the cosmetic objects to the specified table or creates the new table and
saves the cosmetic objects to it. New tables are saved as the top layer in the current Map window.

Disabling the Save Cosmetic Objects (Warning) Dialog Box

To disable the Save Cosmetic Objects (Warning) dialog box:
1. On the PRO tab, in the Options group, click Map Window to open the Map Preferences dialog
box.
2. Clear the Cosmetic Objects check box.
3. Clear the Map Labels and Thematic Layers check boxes.
4. Click OK to confirm.

Making the Layers "Editable"

To make changes to the graphic objects in a layer, you must make the layer editable. You can draw
objects on that layer, add text, combine, or delete objects. You can only make one layer editable at
a time.
To make a layer editable:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. Click the Editable icon to make the layer editable.
You can also control whether the layer is editable via the Status Bar at the bottom of your screen.
To change the editable layer from the Status Bar:
1. Click the Editing box to display a list of the layers used in the Map window.
2. Choose the layer you want to make editable. Its name displays in the Status Bar.
3. To deactivate the ability to edit all the layers, choose None.

Making a Read-Only Table "Editable"

If you are working with tables that were opened from Excel, Lotus, or ASCII files, you may have
noticed that they come in as read-only tables. Because the files are not in native MapInfo Pro formats

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 202

 Getting Started

or standard DBF format, MapInfo Pro is unable to edit the tabular information contained in these
tables.
If you wish to modify the table information, you must save a copy of the table. You can do this when
you open the table in MapInfo Pro by selecting the Create copy in MapInfo format for read/write
check box before selecting Open in the Open dialog box.
To make read-only tables (layers) editable:
1. Open the read-only table you want to make editable.
2. In the Open dialog box, select the Create copy in MapInfo format for read/write check box before
selecting Open.
OR, continue with the following steps.
1. On the HOMEtab under the File group, click Save Copy As.
2. Choose a new name for the file.
3. Click Save. There is now a copy of the Excel file saved in MapInfo Pro native format. Open the
new file, and you will have full edit capabilities.
See Also:
• Drawing Autolabels

Getting Layer Information

You can use the Info command to get information pertaining to the map layer.
To get information about an object in a particular layer:
1. Make sure the layer you want information about is the selectable layer.
2. On the MAP tab, in the Options group, click Map Tools, and click Info to open the Info window.
3. Click on the object that you want information about.
Note: If the information that displays is not what you were looking for, check to see that the
layer you are interested in getting data for is selected.

Press the Ctrl key while clicking on objects to toggle through all selectable layers and access
overlapping objects.

When you click a map location using the Info command where two or more selectable map objects
overlap, the data tied to the objects on each layer display in the Info window. If you do not want the
information for all layers to display, turn off Selectable for those layers in the Layers window.
You can also view an object's label expression in an InfoTip when you use the Select, Info, or Label
commands. InfoTips work very much like ToolTips. Using one of these commands, place your cursor
over an object. An InfoTip displays the label expression for the object in the topmost selectable
layer. To set InfoTips for a particular layer, adjust the Selectable attribute in the Layers window so

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 203

 Getting Started

that the tips display for the layer you want. InfoTips are active by default, but you can turn them off
in the Map window preferences (on the PRO tab, click Options, and Map Window).
See Also:
• Drawing Autolabels

Selecting Objects in a Layer

If you only want to select objects for further analysis rather than edit the objects, make the layer
selectable. More than one layer can be selectable at a time. If a layer is editable, it is also selectable.
Many MapInfo Pro functions require that map objects be selected before performing the particular
operation. To use Select, Label, or Info you must first make the layer selectable. Unlike the editable
feature, more than one layer may be selectable at the same time. You may, however, only select
from one layer at a time.
The Select command selects objects from the topmost Selectable layer. To select an object that is
not in the top Selectable layer, you can turn off the Selectable option in the Layers window for every
layer above the layer you want to select from by selecting a layer's Selectable icon to deactivate
it. Alternatively, you can leave all layers Selectable and use the Ctrl key in combination with the
Select button to cycle through each Selectable layer.
Note: The instructions for making a layer editable are the same, except that you select
Editable On/Off instead.

To make a layer selectable:

1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Explorer from the list,
to open the Explorer window.
2. Click the Selectable icon to make the layer selectable.
3. Click OK to return to the Map window.
To make more than one layer at a time selectable, select the layers you want and then select the
Selectable icon for one of the layers.
For example, if you want to find all customers who live within a fifty kilometers radius of Paris, make
the Street layer selectable. If the map also includes a layer of hospitals (which you do not want to
include in the radius search), turn off the Selectable option for the hospital layer.
The Editable or Selectable options only apply to the Map window itself. You can always select
objects using the Select or SQL Select commands regardless of whether a layer is selectable.
See Also:
• Drawing Autolabels

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 204

 Getting Started

Working with Raster and Grid Layers

A raster image is a type of computerized image that consists of row after row of tiny dots (pixels).
If you have a scanner and scanner software, you can create a raster image by scanning a paper
map. After you scan a map image and store the image in a file, you can display the file using MapInfo
Pro.
In contrast, vector images contain coordinate-based data structures represented by x and y
coordinates (most of MapInfo Pro's data is in vector format).
The Help System contains these related topics:
• Registering the Coordinates of a Raster Image
• Working with Raster Images

Displaying a Raster Image

To open a raster image:

1. On the HOME tab, on the File group, from the Open list, click Table.
2. Select Raster Image in the Files of type drop-down list.
3. Navigate to the directory in which your raster image is located and click the file you want to open.
4. Click Open to display the MapInfo (Display or Register) dialog box.
If you are going to work with the raster image, you need to register it and specify a projection
within which to work.
5. Do one of the following:
• Click Display to simply display the raster image.
• Click Register to set up registration points for the raster image.

Changing the Display of a Raster Image

Raster images can also be layers in MapInfo Pro. They appear in the Layers window just like any
other layer. You can change the display style of a raster layer within the Layers window.
To change the display of a raster layer:
1. On the Layers window, double-click the raster layer name. The Layer Properties dialog box
displays.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 205

 Getting Started

2. On the Layer Display tab, select the Style Override check box and click a Style button. The Adjust
Image Styles dialog box displays, where you can make changes to the transparency, brightness,
contrast, and translucency settings.
3. Click OK to save your changes.

In MapInfo Pro, raster images are used as display layers only. They cannot have any data attached
to them like vector map images. Raster images are particularly well-suited for use as a backdrop
for vector map layers because they provide a much greater level of detail than vector maps.

Understanding the Adjust Image Styles Options

You can display additional map layers, such as StreetPro street maps, on top of a raster image.
However, when you overlay raster and vector data in this manner, you may find it hard to tell which
lines are part of the raster image and which lines are part of the vector data. Adjusting the display
style of the raster image can make it easier to differentiate the separate layers. For example, if you
set the image Contrast to a low setting, such as 30%, and set the image Brightness to a high setting,
such as 70%, MapInfo Pro displays the image in a subdued style, which is appropriate if you want
the raster layer to act as a backdrop.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 206

 Getting Started

If your raster image was scanned in and the resulting image is too dark or light, use the controls in
the Adjust Image Styles dialog box to correct the display of the image.

Adjusting the Translucency of a Raster Image

You can adjust the percentage that layers show through raster images. A translucent image allows
you to partially see through the image. Translucent images can be layered on top of other layers
so that the lower layers are partially visible through the image.
To adjust translucency of a Raster Image:
1. Open a raster image table.
2. On the TABLE tab, in the Maintenance group, click Raster, and Adjust Image Styles.
3. If the Choose Raster Table dialog box opens, select the raster file to adjust and click OK.
4. In the Adjust Image Styles dialog box. Use the Translucency slider control to adjust the
percentage that layers show through the raster image.
Translucency can be set between 0-100%. An image with 0% translucency is completely opaque
(or cannot be seen through). An image with 100% translucency is completely transparent (or
completely invisible).
5. Click OK.
This setting becomes your default setting for the raster table (TAB file). You can override the default
setting by adjusting translucency per layer on a map.

Adjusting the Translucency of a Raster Layer on the Map

You can adjust the translucency on a per layer basis for your map. This overrides, but does not
change, the default translucency setting for a layer (set for the TAB file). This is useful when you
want to see the layers of your map under a raster overlay, but you do not want to change the
translucency set for the raster file.
To adjust the translucency of a raster layer on your map:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click Layers from the list, to
open the Layers window.
If you have the Explorer window open, you can use the layers list in it.
2. Double-click on the layer name in the Layer list to open the Layer Properties dialog box.
3. On the Layer Display tab, use the Translucency scale bar to adjust the translucency level of the
raster image.
For more adjustments, including translucency, check the Style Override check box and then click
the Style button. This opens the Adjust Image Styles dialog box where you can make contrast,
brightness, greyscale, and translucency adjustments, and you can make the layer transparent.
4. Click OK to save your changes and close the dialog.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 207

 Getting Started

Working with Seamless Layers

Use or create a seamless map layer to treat a group of base tables as if they were one. A seamless
layer allows you to change display attributes, apply or change labeling or use the Layers window
for an entire group of tables at once. You can also retrieve information using the Info command,
and select or browse any one of the layer's base tables. A base table can be any regular MapInfo
Pro table. Grid layers cannot be made seamless.
This feature is especially useful when you want to display a vector or raster backdrop for your maps
such as joining street or boundary maps. For example, you may have a seamless layer of county
boundaries made up of several individual county tables.
When zooming in on a seamless layer, MapInfo Pro only opens data for displaying the map at the
specific zoom level-only those component tables on display open. If you change the zoom level,
then MapInfo Pro analyzes which tiles to open and which tiles to close, and does not cache the
data. Specific raster handlers open raster images, which are usually slower than vector tables.

Features Available with Seamless Layers

Since a seamless layer is actually made up of several base tables, MapInfo Pro does treat it a little
differently than a regular MapInfo Pro table. You can use the following MapInfo Pro features with a
seamless map layer:
• Layer control - Use any of the functions except thematic mapping from the Layers window on
your seamless layer. Add, remove, or reorder layers or set display, zoom layering or label options
for the seamless layer (all base tables) at one time. However, you cannot make a seamless layer
editable.
• Info Command - Retrieve information about a particular object in a base table.
• Select commands - Select objects from the seamless layer. You can only select a group of objects
if they reside in the same base table. Press the Shift key while using the Select command to do
so. If you attempt to select several objects that reside in different base tables, MapInfo Pro will
only select objects in one base table. If you use the Marquee Selection or Radius Selection
commands and the selected area spreads across two different base tables, MapInfo Pro selects
the table in either the center of the circle or polygon.
• Browse table - Display a Browser window of a particular seamless table. You are prompted to
select a base table.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 208

 Getting Started

Turning Seamless Layers On and Off

If you need to edit the structure of your seamless layer, you will need to turn your seamless layer
off.
To turn your seamless layer off:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click MapBasic from the list,
to open the MapBasic window.
2. Type set table "tablename" seamless off. MapInfo Pro turns off the seamless layer.
3. Display the table in a Browser to view or edit its table structure. If you edit the table structure,
you will need to recompile the seamless layer.
MapInfo Pro turns off the seamless layer. Display the table in a Browser to view or edit its table
structure. Use the Seamless Table Manager to add or create seamless tables.
To turn the seamless layer on:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click Tool Windows, and click MapBasic from the list,
to open the MapBasic window.
2. Type set table "tablename" seamless on. MapInfo Pro turns the seamless layer on again.

Opening a Seamless Map Layer

MapInfo Pro includes sample seamless maps or you can create your own. Some of these data files
are available on the Pitney Bowes Inc. web site in the MapInfo Pro Tutorial data. We recommend
you download this data for use with these examples.
From the mapinfo\tutorial\tut-usa\usa\dc\seamless directory, choose dcmetrow. A seamless map
layer of water areas in Washington DC displays. Notice at first glance that the seamless layer looks
like any other MapInfo Pro table. However, the Dcmetrow seamless map layer is made up of the
following base tables:
• VAARLIW.TAB (Arlington Virginia water areas)
• VAALEXW.TAB (Alexandria Virginia water areas)
• DCWASHW.TAB (Washington DC water areas)
To display a sample seamless map:
1. On the HOME tab, in the File group, from the Open list, click Open.
2. From the data directory, choose a seamless layer.
The following is an example of a map layer of water areas in Washington DC.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 209

 Getting Started

The structure of each seamless layer includes the path name of each base table plus a description
that defaults to the table name (alias). To view the table structure, turn the seamless layer off and
display the seamless table in a Browser. Refer to Turning Seamless Layers On and Off.

Characteristics of a Seamless Layer

Since a seamless layer is actually made up of several base tables, MapInfo Pro does treat it a little
differently than a regular MapInfo Pro table. You can use the following MapInfo Pro features with a
seamless map layer:
• Layers. Use any of the functions except Thematic Mapping from the Layers window on your
seamless layer. Add, remove, or reorder layers or set display, zoom layering or label options for
the seamless layer (all base tables) at one time. However, you cannot make a seamless layer
editable.
• Info. Retrieve information about a particular object in a base table.
• Select Commands. Select objects from the seamless layer. You can only select a group of objects
if they reside in the same base table. Press the Shift key while clicking the Select button to do so.
If you attempt to select several objects that reside in different base tables, MapInfo Pro will only
select objects in one base table. If you use the Marquee or Radius select buttons and the selected
area spreads across two different base tables, MapInfo Pro selects the objects in the center of
the circle or polygon.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 210

 Getting Started

• Browser Table. Display a Browser window of a particular seamless table. You will be prompted
to select a base table.

Creating/Compiling a Seamless Layer

To create your own seamless layer, run the Seamless Table Manager. Your seamless layer will be
most useful if you use homogeneous tables that ideally have the same projection and the same
number of columns. For example, you may want your seamless layer to contain several counties,
each stored in a separate base table, or an interstate highway that runs between several states,
each stored in a separate base table. If your tables are not homogeneous, maps and labels will not
display correctly and map items will not be selectable. Grid tables cannot be made seamless.
To use the Seamless Manager:
1. On the HOME tab, click Tool Extensions in the Tools group, to open the Tools Manager.
2. On the Registered tab, check the Autoload check box alongside Seamless Manager if you wish
to have it load when MapInfo Pro starts. See Loading a Tool in the Help System.
3. Click the Load Tool (Run) command that displays alongside the Seamless Manager entry.
4. Under the Running tab, double-click on Seamless Manager to start the tool. Click on the Help
icon to learn more about the tool.
You use the tools of the Seamless Manager to create and compile a seamless layer.

Experimenting with a Seamless Layer

Open a seamless layer, click Layers to display the Layers window.

In the Layers window, you can add, remove, or reorder seamless layers as if they were conventional
MapInfo Pro layers. You can also set Label and Display options for all the tables in the seamless
layer as if they were one table. Notice the editable option for a seamless layer is grayed.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 211

 Getting Started

Choose your seamless layer and experiment with order, display, and labeling options.
To retrieve information from a seamless layer:
1. On the MAP tab, in the Options group, click Map Tools, and click Info.
2. Click the object on the map for which you want information, which displays in the Info window.
This information includes the name of the base table in which the object is stored.
To browse the seamless layer:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Windows group, click New Document, and click Browser from the list,
to open the Browse Table window.
2. Select a layer (table) from the list and click OK to open the Select Base Table dialog box.
3. Type the name of the base table you want to browse. We typed XX to indicate an unknown table.
A Browser window with the base table you selected displays. If a base table matching your
description is not found, a list of possibilities displays.
Keep in mind, base tables are treated like any other MapInfo Pro tables. Once a base table from
a seamless table is browsed, it will be opened as any other regular MapInfo Pro table.
4. To select a base table from the list, highlight it and click OK.

Specifying Search Paths for Component Tables of Seamless Layers

You can set search paths to look for the component tables of a seamless layer.
To set the search path for the component tables of a seamless layer:
1. On the PRO tab, click Options, and Directories to open the Directory Preferences dialog box.
2. In the Search Directories for Tables group, click Add.
3. Specify a drive and directory in the Choose Directory dialog box and click OK.
You can set up to four paths. Use the Up and Down keys to change the search order and use
the Add and Remove buttons to add or remove paths from the list.
4. Click OK to close the dialog box.
See Also:
• Turning Seamless Layers On and Off
• Using the Tools in the Tools Manager

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 212

 Getting Started

Working with MapInfo Manager Library Services

The Library Service lets you access the metadata records published in MapInfo Manager. You can
access Library Services on the PRO tab, by clicking Options, and Web Services. Settings are on
the Library Services tab.
For enabling the Library Services, refer to Setting the Library Services Preferences in the Help
System.
After setting the Library Services preferences to Catalogs and Library, the Tables window shows
the status of the tables and if they are managed or not by the MapInfo Manager library.
• If the table list shows against a particular table, it means the table is managed by the MapInfo
Manager.
• If the table list shows against a particular table, it means the table is not managed by the MapInfo
Manager.
• If the table list shows no icon against a particular table, it means that the table is not manageable,
such as a selection table, query table, or seamless table.
To manage a table, on the TABLE tab, in the Maintenance group, click Library, and Add to Library.

Add to Library

To create a metadata record for a table in MapInfo Manager Library:

1. On the TABLE tab, in the Maintenance group, click Library, and Add to Library.
2. In the Select Table for Adding to Library dialog box, select the table you want to add to the
library. This operation can be performed only if the Catalogs and Library Mode is selected from
Library Service Preferences and at least one unmanaged native table is open.
3. In the Select Library Folder dialog box, select a writeable folder where you want to add the
table.
This dialog displays the folders published by a Library Service in a hierarchical structure. You
can select the appropriate check boxes from the After upload is complete section to get the
preferred operations after the table uploads. If the table is added successfully, its metadata
window is displays.
• View Metadata of Managed Table - If this option is enabled, MapInfo Pro displays metadata
for the uploaded table. This option will persist across different sessions of MapInfo Pro.
• Open Managed Table - If this option is enabled, MapInfo Pro opens a managed table in a
separate mapper window. This option will persist across different sessions of MapInfo Pro.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 213

 Getting Started

Saving, Closing, and Exporting Your Work

Preserving your work is an important part of being productive. MapInfo Pro has a wide variety of
ways you can save what you are working on, depending upon what needs to be saved and how
you need to retrieve it.

Saving a MapInfo Workspace

If you work with the same tables repeatedly, you know that opening each one individually every time
you use it can be tedious. With MapInfo Pro's workspace feature, you can automate this process
so you can get back to the business of creating maps and analyzing data sooner.
When you work with MapInfo Pro you generally use many different tables and windows. A Map
window, for instance, is likely to be built of several layers. MapInfo Pro uses workspaces to save
your work setup from session to session. Workspaces prevent you from having to reassemble all
the pieces of your earlier setup from scratch. So, you do not have to reopen tables, re-create maps
or layouts, resize windows, or do anything else just to duplicate what was on your desktop the last
time you were using MapInfo Pro.
CAUTION: Saving a workspace will not save edits you have made to tables in the workspace.

If you close a window or table and you have thematic maps, graphs, label settings or label edits, or
cosmetic objects pending, MapInfo Pro will prompt you to save the session to a workspace.
To save your current work setup:
1. On the HOME tab, in the File group, click Save Workspace, and select Save Workspace As from
the drop-down list.
2. In the Save Workspace dialog box, type a name for the workspace and select the directory
location to save it to.
There are two MapInfo workspace formats, WOR and MWS. A .wor file is written using MapBasic
and a .mws file is written using XML. The MWS format contains more information about the data
sources than the WOR format does. Depending on the MapInfo product you are working with
you may open and/or save to one or both formats.
3. Click Save.
When you start your next session, you can open this workspace right from the Quick Start dialog
box and continue where you left off.

You can change the directory path that MapInfo Pro uses for opening or saving workspaces as a
directory preference: on the PRO tab, click Options, and Directories.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 214

 Getting Started

To change the directory path for opening/saving workspaces:

1. On the PRO tab, click Options, and Directories.
2. In the Directory Preferences dialog box, in the Initial Directories for File Dialogs list, highlight
the Workspaces path and do one of the following:
• Click Modify.
• Double-click the path.
Using either method, the Choose Directory dialog box displays.
3. Select the path you want to use, and click OK.
If you have edited a table (added, deleted, or modified items) you must explicitly save those changes
first using Save Copy As or Save Workspace As commands on the HOME tab.

Saving a Map Window as a .TAB File

You can save the current Map window and automatically register it by creating a .TAB file.
To save the current map as a .TAB file:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Output group, click Save, to open the Save Window to File dialog box.
2. Select the path of the file and type the file name in the field provided. Click Saveto open the Save
Window As dialog box.
3. Select the Create a Geographically Referenced Tab File check box and click Save.
MapInfo Pro automatically creates registration points based on the current map view and saves
it as a .TAB file. The file you created is the first file in the Recent Files list on the HOME tab, in
the File group, when you click Open.

Note: If MapInfo Pro cannot create registration points for the window image, an error message
displays. This might happen if you pan outside the bounds of the map.

To specify advanced export options from the Save Window As dialog box, click the Advanced
button to open the Advanced Exporting Options dialog box.
See Advanced Exporting Options Dialog Box in the Help System.
1. Specify the settings you want to use for exporting a window.
2. Click Save.

Specifying the Resolution (DPI) when Exporting Raster Images

To specify resolution (DPI) when exporting images to Raster formats:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Output group, click Save, to display the Save Window to File dialog
box.
2. Click Save to open the Save Window As dialog box.
3. Set the Height and Width in pixels and select the Resolution in DPI (dots per inch).

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 215

 Getting Started

4. Click Save.

Saving Your Workspace as an XML-Based MWS File

You can save the maps in your workspace out to an XML format for use with MapXtreme. When
saving a workspace to MWS format, only the map windows and legends are saved. All other windows
are discarded as MapXtreme applications cannot read that information. Once your workspace is
saved in this format, it can be opened with the Workspace Manager utility that is included in the
MapXtreme installation or with an application developed using MapXtreme. The file is valid XML
you can view it using any XML viewer or editor.
You can set the visibility of a modifier theme without regard to its reference feature layer, so you
can turn the visibility of the main reference layer off but still display the theme. In MapXtreme, the
modifier themes (Dot Density, Ranges, Individual Value) are only drawn if the reference feature
layer is visible. To ensure that modifiers marked as visible in MapInfo Pro display in tools like
Workspace Manager, we force the visibility of the reference feature layer so that its modifier themes
display.
To save a workspace in the MWS format:
1. Create the workspace you want to save.
2. From the HOME tab, in the File group, click Save Workspace/Save Workspace As, to display
the Save Workspace dialog box.
3. In the Save as type drop-down list, select MapInfo Workspace Format (*.mws) and type the name
of the workspace in the File name field.
4. Click Save. Your workspace is now saved and is available for use in MapXtreme applications.

What is saved in MWS Workspaces

The following information is included in the MWS workspace file:
• Tab files' name and alias;
• Coordinate system information;
• Map center and zoom settings;
• Layer list with implied order;
• Map size as pixel width and height;
• Map resize method;
• Style overrides;
• Raster layer overrides;
• Automatic labels;
• Custom labels;
• Queries referenced by map windows;
• Individual value themes;
• Dot density themes;
• Graduated symbol themes;
• Bar themes;

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 216

 Getting Started

• Range themes;
• Pie themes;
• Grid themes as MapXtreme grid layers with a style override;
• Themes and label expressions based upon a single attribute column;
• Zoom-ranged overrides.
• Queries are saved when the Save Queries to Workspace option is selected in the Startup
Preferences
Note: There is label and thematic expression support for the MWS (XML-based) workspace files
in MapInfo Pro. When saving themes and label expressions to a MWS file, we translate the
expressions into the MapInfo SQL language supported by MapXtreme.

What is Not Saved in MWS Workspaces

The following information is not saved in the MWS workspace file:
• Any non-map windows (Browser windows, charts, redistricters, 3D map windows, Prism maps,
Layout windows);
• Distance, area, or XY and military grid units;
• Snap mode, autoscroll, and smart pan settings;
• Printer setup information;
• Any table that is based on a query that is not referenced by a window;
• Labels based on expressions that cannot be translated from MapBasic syntax to MI SQL syntax;
• Queries with "sub-select" statements;
• Layers based on queries that includes "sub-select" statements;
Note: A "sub-select" statement is any Select statement nested inside another Select statement.

• Export options;
• Hot links for labels and objects;
• Group layers;
• Whether object nodes, centroids or line direction is displayed.

Caveats for Saving Label Expressions to MWS

• If MapInfo Pro cannot translate the label expression when writing MWS, MapInfo Pro replaces the
entire label expression with the default. The default label expression is the same table field (column)
used by the Label Display tab in the Layer Properties dialog box. No error message is generated
in this case.
• The resulting label string may not be exactly the same in MapXtreme as it was in MapInfo Pro
(particularly for functions that take formatting arguments). Our goal is to translate MapBasic to the
equivalent MapInfo SQL, as closely as possible.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 217

 Getting Started

Caveats for Saving Thematic Expressions to MWS

• If MapInfo Pro cannot translate the thematic expression when writing MWS, MapInfo Pro skips
the thematic layer and the thematic layer is not part of the MWS map definition. No error message
is generated in this case.
• Any theme that is based upon computed columns, or based on an expression that cannot be
translated from MapBasic syntax to MI SQL syntax.

Saving a Table or a Copy of a Table

To save changes to map objects or data, you must save the table. (On the TABLE tab, in the Content
group, click Save, and Save Table.) A dialog box displays asking you to choose which table you
want to save.
You can also save a copy of the table under a new name, using the Save Copy Ascommand. This,
in essence, creates a new table. This is helpful in several instances, as when you want to:
• Retain any changes while preserving the original table.
• Save a table with a temporary column (from Update Column).
• Create a new table before you make editing changes to the original table.
• Save spreadsheet files that you wish to modify in MapInfo Pro.
• Save a table in a different projection.
To save a copy of the table:
1. On on the TABLE tab, in the Content group, click Save, and Save Copy As to open the Save
Copy of Table dialog box.
2. Choose the file to save and click OK.
3. Give the file a new name.
The original table remains unchanged and open for all further changes. The new table does not
open immediately after its creation, but can be opened for use at any time. When choosing a name
for your new table that begins with a number, MapInfo Pro adds an underscore to the beginning of
the table name. For instance, your table 1STREETS.TAB will become _1STREETS.TAB.
Saving a copy of a raster table only saves a copy of the *.tab file, not the image. You cannot change
the projection of a raster or grid table using Save Copy As. To do this, on the TABLE tab, in the
Maintenance group, click Raster, and Modify Image Registration. Click the Projection button and
then save the file from there.
Since MapInfo Pro supports long filenames, it is easier to give the new table a name that is descriptive
and at the same time distinguishes it from the original file.
See also:
• Using Data Files in Any Language or Character Set
• Saving Changes Made to a DBMS Table in the Help System

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 218

 Getting Started

• Saving a Copy of a Table to a DBMS Server in the Help System

Saving a Copy of Your Table as a New Table

You can create a new table from any open table that is not a raster table. The original table remains
unchanged and open for all further edits.
To save a copy of your table as a new table:
1. Do one of the following:
• If you have only one table open, then on the TABLE tab, in the Content group, click Save Table,
and Save Copy As to open theSave Copy of Table As dialog box.
• If you have several tables open, then on the HOME tab, in the File group, click Save Copy As
to open the Save Copy As dialog box. Choose a table from the drop-down list.

2. Choose Save to open the Save Copy of Table As dialog box.

3. Type the name of your new table in the File Name box.
4. Specify the directory where the new file is to be saved.
Note: If the name of the file starts with a number, the table gets saved with a _ prefix before the
name.

5. Click Save.
The new table does not open immediately after it is created, but it can be opened for use at any
time using the Open commands on the HOME.

Saving a Copy of Your Table in a Different Projection

To save in a different projection (default coordinate system):
1. Do one of the following:
• If you have only one table open, then on the TABLE tab, in the Content group, click Save, and
Save Copy As to open the Save Copy of Table As dialog box.
If the Save Copy As displays, select the table from the list and click Save As.
• If you have several tables open, then on the HOME tab, in the File group, click Save Copy As
to open the Save Copy As dialog box. Choose a table from the drop-down list. Click Save top
open the Save Copy of Table As dialog box.

2. Type the name of your new table in the File Name box of the dialog box.
3. Specify the drive and directory where the new file is to be saved.
4. Click the Projection button to open the Choose Projection dialog box.
5. Choose a projection category and choose one of the projections in the category.
6. Click OK; MapInfo Pro returns you to the Save Copy of Table As dialog box.
7. Click Save.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 219

 Getting Started

MapInfo Pro creates the new table, but it is not open. When you want to work with the new table,
you must first open it on the HOME tab, in the Open list, click Table.

Saving a Copy of Your Table to a Different Character Set

You can work with characters from any language in your data files, so that multi-language tables
display properly in maps, browsers, the Info tool, and other locations. MapInfo Pro can open tables,
files, or workspaces with Unicode characters in the file name or path name regardless of the locale
of MapInfo Pro or which localized version of MapInfo Pro you are running.
You can also save a copy of a table to a different character set then the one currently in use. Though,
we recommend that you do not save a copy of a table between Unicode and non-Unicode character
sets.
Note: You can encounter data corruption, due to truncation or conversion, when saving a copy of
a database table between Unicode and non-Unicode character sets. When saving non-UTF-8
(non-Unicode) to UTF-8 (Unicode), there is the potential for data truncation. When saving
UTF-8 or UTF-16 (Unicode) to a non-Unicode, there is the potential for conversion issues.
When saving data to the MapInfo Extended TAB format (NativeX format), MapInfo Pro
interprets the width of character fields in tables with a UTF-16 character set (charset) as the
number of characters with two bytes (16-bits) per character. It interprets the width of character
fields in tables with any character set other than UTF-16 (such as WindowsLatin1, Cyrillic,
and UTF-8) as the number of bytes. For non UTF-8 character sets each character takes up
one byte, but could also take from one to four bytes. For UTF-8, since it is used to store
characters from any language, it is more likely to require more than one byte. This means
that you need to allow for larger field widths to avoid data truncation.
Using the UTF-16 character set is the best way to ensure that all data is preserved, but it
results in larger file sizes. The UTF-8 character set can be used to encode all characters
faithfully, but truncation could occur. When you save a copy of a table from a non UTF-8
character set to UTF-8, increase the field width to avoid truncation.

To save to a different character set:

1. Do one of the following:
• If you have only one table open, then on the TABLE tab, in the Content group, click Save, and
Save Copy As to open the Save Copy of Table As dialog box.
If the Save Copy As displays, select the table from the list and click Save As.
• If you have several tables open, then on the HOME tab, in the File group, click Save Copy As
to open the Save Copy As dialog box. Choose a table from the drop-down list. Click Save top
open the Save Copy of Table As dialog box.

2. Type the name of your new table in the File Name box of the dialog box.
3. Specify the drive and directory where the new file is to be saved.
4. Select the file type from the Save as type list to save to.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 220

 Getting Started

You can only use Unicode character sets, UTF-8 and UTF-16, with the MapInfo Extended (*.tab)
file type.
5. Click the Charset button to open Select a Charset dialog box.
6. Choose a character set from the list of those available.
7. Click OK; MapInfo Pro returns you to the Save Copy of Table As dialog box.
8. Click Save.
MapInfo Pro creates the new table, but it is not open. When you want to work with the new table,
you must first open it on the HOME tab, in the Open list, click Table.
See also:
• Using Data Files in Any Language or Character Set
• Setting Your Language Preferences in the Help System

Tables You Cannot Update

Although you cannot update the following tables, temporary columns can still be added.
• ASCII files
• Excel and Lotus files
• StreetInfo main tables. You cannot update component files (see the User Guide for editing street
maps).
• Tables formed using SQL Select with a Group By clause
• Read-only tables

Choosing Ascending vs. Descending Sorts

By default, MapInfo Pro sorts the table in ascending order. If you sort using a character field,
ascending order means that A's appear above B's, etc. If you sort using a numeric field, ascending
order means that small numbers appear above large numbers.
To sort in descending order, so that large numbers appear above small numbers, place the word
desc after the column name in the Group By Columns field. For example, if you query the World
table, the following Order By criterion:

Order By Columns: Population desc

sorts the table by the Population column, in descending order.

When MapInfo Pro performs a multi-level sort, each level of the sort has its own
ascending/descending setting. Thus, the following example performs an ascending sort by the State
column, and then performs a descending sort by the Population column:

Select Columns: *
From Tables: City_1K
Order By Columns: State, Population desc

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 221

 Getting Started

Column Name Syntax in the Order By Columns Field

In Order By Columns field, there are two ways you can enter a column name:
• Enter the name of the column (as in the column name State in the preceding example).
• Enter the number of the column, where 1 represents the first column listed in the Select Columns
field. Do not type col before the number.
If you want to sort using a derived column, and the derived column has an alias, you may enter the
alias name in the Group By Columns field. If the derived column does not have an alias, enter the
number of the column (e.g. 1).

Rearranging a Table's Column Order

Sometimes the default order of columns in a table is not the order you want for a particular session.
You may want to change the default order but not change the structure of the underlying table.
To rearrange a table's column order:
1. Move the cursor over the column heading in the Browser window. The cursor changes to a hand.
2. Click and drag the column heading left or right.
3. Release the mouse button when the column heading appears in the desired place.

Closing a Table

Closing a table removes it from active use in your current session. To close tables, on the HOME
tab, in the File group, click Close Table. When you close a table, you automatically close all views
of that table. If you close a table that is displayed in a Map window with other tables, MapInfo Pro
removes that table from the window, but the Map window remains open.
In addition, any subset tables of the original table (known as query tables) also close. You can use
the Close command for any table, whether or not it is displayed in a window. Opening and closing
tables is different from opening and closing windows in which you view your tables. You can open
a table without opening any views of the data. Similarly, closing a window does not close the table
(or tables) you are viewing in the window. They are still open and available for use. To close a
window, click the Ctrl-menu box in the upper-left corner of any window and select Close.
If you have made changes to a table but have not yet saved those changes, MapInfo Pro will ask
you if you want to save them before closing the table. To save your changes, on the HOME tab, in
the File group, click Save, and Save Table, or Save Copy As from the list.

Closing a Single Table

To close a table:
1. On the HOME tab, in the File group, click Close Table to open the Close Table dialog box.
2. Choose the table you want to close from the list.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 222

 Getting Started

3. Click OK.
• When closing a table that you are currently editing, you are prompted to save the changes.
The table is closed along with any windows associated with it.
• When closing a window but not the associated table, click the Ctrl-menu box [Close box] in the
upper-left corner of the window.

Closing All Open Tables

To close all open tables:
1. On the HOME tab, in the File group, click Close All. If you have edited one or more tables without
saving before closing, a message displays for each table you edited prompting you to either save
or discard your changes.
2. Click Cancel to leave your pending edits unsaved and the table remains open.

Closing Multiple Tables

To close multiple tables:
1. On the HOME tab, in the File group, click Close Table to open the Close Table dialog box.
• To close a contiguous block of tables, select the first table you want, hold down the Shift key
and select the last table you want.
• To close multiple tables that are out of sequence, hold down the Ctrl key and select the tables.

2. To deselect tables, hold the Ctrl key and click on the tables.
3. When you have selected the tables you want to close, click Close.

Opening vs. Importing

You must open a table before you can use it. The Open command activates a dialog box for opening
tables, (opening a table is described below). Choose the appropriate table by double-clicking on it
in the dialog box.
Most programs require you to import files created in some other programs. MapInfo Pro allows you
to work directly with files created in other programs. When you have a file in one of the following
non-MapInfo Pro formats, you do not have to import it:
• dBase DBF
• Delimited ASCII
• Lotus 1-2-3
• Microsoft Access Database
• Microsoft Excel

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 223

 Getting Started

By not importing data you save time; opening a file is quicker than importing it. You also save disk
space. When you import a file, you make a copy of it. Since MapInfo Pro works directly with files
from other programs, it does not have to make a copy.
When MapInfo Pro opens a file from some other program, it creates a file with a .TAB extension.
This file describes the format of the file that actually contains the data. When you have opened a
non-MapInfo Pro file, such as a Lotus file, in a previous session and attempt to open it again, the
following prompt appears:

Table definition already exists. Overwrite it?

The table definition referred to is the .TAB file. It does not hurt anything if you continue. MapInfo
Pro overwrites the .TAB file and opens the file.
When importing files, you cannot select a character set for MapInfo (*.tab) and MapInfo Extended
(*.tab) file formats. MapInfo Pro uses the local system character set when creating MapInfo and
MapInfo Extended tables.
Note: When importing GML files, you can specify a character set within the file itself, but MapInfo
Pro does not use it. Instead, the resulting MapInfo or MapInfo Extended table uses the
system character set. When importing MIF/MID files, the resulting MapInfo or MapInfo
Extended table use the character set from the file header. If "Charset" is not in the file header,
then the system character set is used. If the file header has a UTF byte order mark at the
start of the file, then the UTF character set is used instead.

Exporting Your Data to a New Format

You can export your Map window to other file formats with the Save Window As command (on the
HOME tab, in the Output group, click Save Image). This enables you to use your map in another
application, such as word processing, presentation, or computer publishing packages.

Supported Export Formats

You can save data in a number of formats in MapInfo Pro. Windows .bmp is the initial default. The
Save Window to File dialog box sets the last-used format as the default. Formats include:
• Windows Bitmap (*.BMP)
• Windows Metafile (*.WMF)
• Windows Enhanced Metafile (*.EMF)
• EMF + Metafile (*.EMF)
• EMF + Dual Metafile (*.EMF)
• JPEG File Interchange Format (*.JPG)
• JPEG 2000 (*.JP2)
• Portable Network Graphics Format (*.PNG)
• Tagged Image File Format (*TIF)

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 224

 Getting Started

• TIFF CMYK (*.TIF)

• TIFF CCITT Group 4 (*.TIF)
• TIFF LZW (*.TIF)
• Graphic Interchange Format (*.GIF)
• Photoshop 3.0 (*.PSD)

Exporting a Table to MIF, TXT, DBF, or CSV Format

If exporting to CSV or TXT, your column type must be set to Decimal with specified precision (number
of digits in the number). Other data formats, such as Float, cause your data to truncate and generates
an error message that displays after processing the table.
To export a single table:
1. On the TABLE tab, in the Content group, click Export to open the Export Table to File dialog
box.
2. Choose a directory for your exported file. The path and directory that the file is exported to displays
in the Save In box.
3. Type a name for the file in the box under File Name.
4. Click the Save as type drop-down list and choose the file format you want the file saved in.
5. Click OK. If the format chosen was the MapInfo Pro Interchange Format (*.mif), then the file was
exported. If the format you chose was .TXT, .DXF, .DBF, .MIF, or .CSV a dialog box pertaining
to each format displays.

Exporting a Window
To export a window:
1. On the HOME tab, in the Output group, click Save to open the Save Window to File dialog box.
2. Type a name for this file and select the file format you want to export to in the Save as type
drop-down list. Click Save to open the Save Window As dialog box.
3. Specify the image size settings. You can keep the image the same size as the window or choose
a custom size. If you choose Custom, also make any desired changes to the width and height
of the image. You can make these changes in inches or in pixels.
If you are exporting a simple map or layout that does not contain raster or grid images, or any
transparent fill patterns, you may be able to bypass the advanced settings.
Note: If you are saving the window to a raster format, select a resolution for the image. Metafile
formats do not use the resolution option (WMF, EMF files).

4. Click the Advanced button to open the Advanced Exporting Options dialog box. See
Understanding the Advanced Exporting Options for these details.
To include a border for your exported file, to select the Export Border check box.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 225

 Getting Started

5. Complete the dialog box according to information in the following section, and click OK.
6. To specify the file format, choose the desired format from the File Format box.

Exporting a Map in a Different Projection

You may want to export a map in a projection that is different from its native projection. In order to
do this, you must save a copy of your table.
1. On the HOME tab, in the File group, click Save Copy As.
2. Choose the map table you want to copy (if more than one table is open) and click Save As.
3. Type a name for your copy.
4. Click the Projection button to open the Choose Projection dialog box.
5. Choose a new projection for your copy.
6. Click OK and then Save.

Understanding the Advanced Exporting Options

The Advanced Exporting Options dialog box settings allow you to apply the color, transparency,
and border handling that are available for printed maps to your exported files.
Note: Borders are not exported from layout windows.

The settings are the same as in the Advanced Printing dialog box.
Export Border
Select this check box to include a black border on images you are exporting. Clear this check box
to export the image without a border. This check box is selected by default.
Internal Handling for Transparent Vector Fills and Symbols
Special programming has been added to handle transparent fill patterns and bitmaps for vector
images when exporting. Select this check box to use this functionality or clear it to let the printer or
Windows export functions to handle this. This check box is selected by default.
Use ROP Method to Display Transparent Raster
Select this check box to allow the internal ROP (Raster Overlay by Pixel) to manage the transparent
pixel display in raster images. Since the ROP Method is largely a display method, not all export
programs can use it. We recommend that you either check with the manufacturer before using this
option or try a few test exports to get the results you want. This check box is cleared by default.
Export Raster in True Color When Possible
Select this check box to print and export your 24-bit raster or grid file images in true color (make
sure your printer settings are set to greater than 256 colors). Clear this check box if you are not
working with a color printer. This check box is selected by default.
Note: You can select dither method options in the Display, Printing, and Exporting dialog boxes.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 226

 Getting Started

• Overriding the default settings also works the same way. As with the advanced printing options,
the options that are selected when you initially display the Advanced Exporting Options dialog
box are the default settings, which are set in the Output Preferences. The Advanced Exporting
Options dialog box enables you to override the default export settings for individual file export
operations. To actually change the default export settings, you must go to the Output preferences
(on the PRO tab, click Options, and Output Settings) and change the settings there.

Importing and Exporting Data in AutoCAD Format

Because CAD packages represent drawings in non-earth coordinates, all drawings imported or
exported between MapInfo Pro and CAD suffer some distortion. This comes from trying to display
non-earth information on a spherical coordinate system (like the globe). Coordinate conversions
are used to assign longitude/latitude coordinates to CAD drawings that were created using non-earth
coordinates. Conversions near the equator are more exact than conversions at the extremes of the
hemispheres. To minimize distortion, import and export with no coordinate conversions and avoid
translating maps that cover large areas.

How does MapInfo Pro Treat Coordinates?

MapInfo Pro treats coordinates as specifying longitude and latitude on a sphere. In the Western
hemisphere, this means that X coordinates (longitude) increase to the left, rather than to the right,
as in standard non-earth coordinates. This means that a point on the left side of your map has a
greater longitude than a point on the right side of your map.
In the Eastern hemisphere this is not the case. X increases to the right as you would normally expect.
Latitude (the Y coordinate) increases in a downward direction for maps of areas south of the equator.
For areas north of the equator, latitude increases as you move up. This corresponds to the way it
works in non-earth coordinates.

How do DXF Files Treat Coordinates?

Typically, DXF data does not include projection information. They have X and Y coordinates that
can reference any possible coordinate system. The DXF import procedure imports the DXF file
using its encoded coordinates and optionally allows you to set a transformation between the DXF
coordinates and the real world coordinates, if you know them. Also, you can use the Projection
button in the DXF Import Information dialog box to reset the projection, if you know that information.
By default DXF files are projected in the 'Non-Earth' projection.
Most DXF maps use state plane coordinates or some other coordinate system. When the maps
show floor plans, they probably use a non-earth system (simple X and Y). Typically, coordinates in
these systems increase to the right and up.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 227

 Getting Started

Importing DXF Files

MapInfo Pro lets you import and export files with DXF (drawing interchange file) format. DXF is a
format used by AutoCAD and other CAD packages. MapInfo Pro can import both graphical and
tabular information from DXF files.
To import a DXF file and set a coordinate transformation for it:
1. On the HOME tab click the Open command list and choose Import to open the Import File dialog
box.
2. From the Files of type drop-down list, choose AutoCAD DXF.
3. Navigate to the DXF file that you want to import by selecting its location from the Look in drop-down
list.
4. Click Open to open the DXF Import Information dialog box.
5. Select from the following options for your DXF file.
Preserve DXF Blocks as Multi-Polygon Regions - Select this option to import the layer data as
regions. If you do not select this check box, MapInfo Pro produces multiple objects which each
contain objects. For example, a block for New York State might contain 2 polygons: one for the
mainland, and one for Long Island.
Preserve Attribute Data - Select this option to read the tabular attribute information from DXF file
into the table. You might not want to import data that does not contain relevant map attribute
data.
Create Separate Tables - Select this option to import each layer as a separate table. You might
want to do this to give you more control over the appearance or display of each layer.
Suppress Warning Messages - Select this option to suppress warning messages. Sometimes
warning messages display that do not affect the import of the file. If the results of your import are
unexpected, we recommend you clear this check box to get more information about the errors
that affect your image.
6. Click Set Transformation to open the Set Coordinate Transformation dialog box.
7. Select the coordinate points appropriate for this data and click OK.
8. Click the Projection button to open the Choose Projection dialog box.
9. Choose one of the following to select a coordinate assignment:
• Choose the Longitude/Latitude Category option when you are importing a map stored in
longitude/latitude coordinates and look for the appropriate projection from the Category Members
drop-down list. This is the most commonly selected option.
• Choose another, more appropriate category and projection option to locate the projection you
want for the selected map.
• Choose the Non-Earth option when you are working with a non-earth map, such as a floor plan
and the Non-Earth Coordinate System dialog box displays.
When you do not choose a coordinate system when importing graphic files, MapInfo Pro defaults
to a non-earth map with units in feet. You can set coordinate units in the Non-Earth Coordinate
System dialog box.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 228

 Getting Started

10. Click the Options button to display DXF data storing options. Make your selections and click OK
to continue.
11. Click OK to display the Import into Table dialog box.
12. Type a file name in the File name field and select the file type to save to: native MapInfo (*.tab)
format, or nativeX MapInfo Extended (*.tab) format. Use the extended format for data that is
larger than 2GB.
13. Click Save.

Importing DXF Attributes into MapInfo Pro

Some DXF files contain textual information associated with graphic objects. In DXF, this is done by
creating a block that contains the graphic objects and the textual information (stored in "attributes").
This block is then inserted into the drawing in one or more places, with possibly different data values
in each case. There is no database structure imposed on attributes. For example, you might have
two types of objects in your DXF file with the following attributes:

Pipes: WIDTH
TYPE (sewer, water, storm sewer, etc.)
MATERIAL
Streets: NAME
ADDRESS_RANGE

When MapInfo Pro creates a tabular database from a DXF file, it must decide on a database structure.
All the records in a Table contain the same fields. MapInfo Pro builds a database structure by
scanning the entire DXF file for all attributes in the layers that are being imported, and creating a
union of these fields. The data type of each field is determined by the contents of the attributes.
For example, when all attributes with a given name contain a number, the resulting MapInfo Pro
field is a numeric data type.
Continuing the examples above, when pipes and streets are both imported into the same DXF file,
the database structure is as follows:
1. ADDRESS_RANGE
2. MATERIAL
3. NAME
4. TYPE
5. WIDTH
Most well-designed DXF files put objects of different types in different layers. The above DXF file
probably contains 2 layers: pipes (which holds all the pipes of the map) and streets (which hold all
the streets of the map). Run DXF Import twice, importing a different layer each time. You would
create two MapInfo Pro tables, one with the correct pipe structure, and one with the correct street
structure.
When you load both layers of our sample DXF file into one MapInfo Pro table, the records for the
pipes have blank or zero values for the NAME and ADDRESS_RANGE fields. Likewise, WIDTH,
TYPE, and MATERIAL are blank for the street records.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 229

 Getting Started

Note: It takes much longer to import attributes from a DXF file into MapInfo Pro than it does to
import files with no attributes. The entities section of the DXF file must be read twice. We
recommend that you run the import several times, checking to make sure that you are loading
the correct layers and using the correct coordinate transformation, before importing the data
attributes.

Importing Attributes with Nested Blocks

In the DXF file format, blocks can be nested. The following is the logical structure of our example
nested block:

Block A
Line
Attribute STREETNAME = "Broadway"
Block B
Point
Attribute ADDRESS = "200"
Block C
Polygon
Attribute BUILDING_NAME = "Hendrick Hudson Building"

This block consists of a line, an attribute, and two blocks. One of these blocks is a point with the
address of a building; the other is a polygon with the name of the building. If all of these blocks were
on the same layer (and they do not have to be), the database structure would be as follows:
ADDRESS
1. BUILDING_NAME
2. STREETNAME
Objects get the value of all attributes in their current block, and inherit attributes from their parent
blocks. In this case, our database is created as follows:

Object ADDRESS BUILDING_NAME STREETNAME

line 0 <blank> Broadway

point 200 <blank> Broadway

polygon 0 Hendrick Building Broadway

As you can see, it is better to put objects of different types in different layers. The problem is figuring
out which layer names correspond to which type of objects.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 230

 Getting Started

Cropping Images

When MapInfo Pro exports a window, it does not clip objects that extend beyond the edges of the
windows, but it does export information about where the clipping is.
Other programs always honor the clipping of bitmap files. As for other formats, the behavior varies
depending on the program that is used to display and print the file. Many programs, such as drawing
programs, "explode" the file into individual objects. A file containing several country boundaries
would explode into several polygon objects, one for each country. Programs like these usually ignore
the clipping information that MapInfo Pro stores in the file.
Other programs, such as word processing programs and spreadsheets, typically open files as one
compound object, without trying to explode them into component objects. These programs usually
honor the clipping information and clip the contents appropriately.
For example, if you are exporting a Map window that displays part of Germany, but not all of it, the
exported file contains the entire image of Germany. It also contains information about where MapInfo
Pro clipped that image in its Map window. But when you open the exported window in your target
application, a drawing package for example, the image of Germany may not be clipped.

Exporting to ASCII Format

MapInfo Pro also allows you to export your tabular data to a delimited ASCII file. This file can later
be edited with a text editor or imported into another package. When you export to ASCII, MapInfo
Pro displays the Delimited ASCII Information dialog box, where you choose your delimiter character.
You can also choose to have the first row of the ASCII file become column titles.
MapInfo Pro also displays a dialog box that you use to indicate the character set for the exported
ASCII file. Different platforms use different character sets. MapInfo Pro must know the platform
where you are going to use the exported file in order to provide the appropriate character set. No
graphical data is exported to ASCII.

Exporting to dBase (*.DBF) Format

MapInfo Pro can export tabular data into dBASE DBF format. Exporting to DBF creates only the
.DBF file. No graphical data is exported to dBASE. When you save your table in DBF format, you
create a .DBF file, as well as some other files. These other files contain graphic information (for
example, MapInfo Pro indices and other information that MapInfo Pro uses).
MapInfo Pro also displays the dBASE DBF Information dialog box that you use to indicate the
character set for the exported DBF file. Different platforms use different character sets. MapInfo Pro

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 231

 Getting Started

must know the platform where you are going to use the exported file in order to provide the
appropriate character set.

Smoothing Map Images during Export

You can anti-alias a table during the export process to give you more control over your map images.
This is particularly important when you are saving maps created in MapInfo Pro for use in other
Windows-based applications, in particular in slide presentations or for web pages.
Anti-aliasing allows you to smooth images in all types of windows such as Map windows, layouts,
and legends.
Note: You cannot anti-alias images you are exporting to .EMF or .WMF format, because these are
not true raster formats.

There are three smoothing options you can use to customize your raster image:
1. Smooth using a Filter value: You can set a flag that selects one of six filters that allow you to
choose the direction the filter is applied to the image from.
2. Smooth using a Mask value: You can select a value that indicates the size of the area you want
to smooth. For example, to create a 3x3 pixel mask value, you would enter a 3 in this field. This
would limit the amount of change in the color of the pixels. Typically mask sizes would be 2-3
pixels when exporting at screen resolution. If you are exporting at a higher resolution, a larger
mask might be appropriate.
3. Smooth using a Threshold value: You can select a threshold value to indicate which pixels to
smooth. Each pixel in an image has a value based on its color. The smaller the pixel value, the
darker the color. Select this option to smooth all of the pixels above the threshold you enter in
this field. When you set this value to 0, MapInfo Pro will smooth all of the pixels.
You must either set a global preference for these anti-aliasing options or set them locally during the
export process (using the Advanced button).
To set the anti-aliasing preference for exporting images:
1. On the PRO tab, in the Options group, click Output Settings to open the Output Preferences
dialog box.
2. Click the Exporting tab to display the anti-aliasing options.
3. To use anti-aliasing automatically, select the Use Anti-aliasing check box and select from these
options:
Smooth using a Filter value
Choose a filter for the smoothing you want to use. Select from these filters:
- Vertically and Horizontally (Smooths the image vertically and horizontally)
- All Directions (1) (Smooths the image in all directions)
- All Directions (2) (Smooths the image in all directions using a different algorithm)

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 232

 Getting Started

- Diagonally (Smooths the image diagonally)

- Horizontally (Smooths the image horizontally)
- Vertically (Smooths the image vertically)
Smooth using a Mask value
Choose the pixel size of the mask you want MapInfo Pro to use in this field. For example, to
create a 3x3 pixel mask value, you would enter a 3 in this field. This would limit the amount of
change in the color of the pixels to the three pixels around the basic pixel.
Smooth using a Threshold value
Select a threshold value to indicate which pixels to smooth. Colors are 0 for black and 255 for
white (in an 8 bit image). Entering a low number changes the look of your map by smoothing the
darker colors and the lighter colors. Choosing a higher number changes the way the lighter colors
display.

To set the anti-aliasing options locally during export:

1. When you have completed your work on a window, on the HOME tab, in the File group, click
Save to open the Save Window to File dialog box.
2. Type the name and indicate the path of the file you are saving in this dialog box. Click Save to
continue. The Save Window As dialog box opens.
If you are exporting an EMF or WMF image, the Use Anti-Aliasing check box is disabled.
3. Select the Use Anti-aliasing check box and do one of the following:
• Click Save to use the anti-aliasing options you selected in the Output Preferences dialog box
• Click Advanced and choose new anti-aliasing options for this particular map. Click OK to return
to the Save Window As dialog box. Click Save to save these settings and the file.
Note: If you do not select the Use Anti-aliasing check box, the anti-aliasing options in the
Advanced Exporting Options dialog box are disabled.

The next few figures should give you an idea of the types of results you can expect using the
different options.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 233

 Getting Started

Anti-Aliasing with Filter Vertical and Horizontal, Mask 2, Threshold 100

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 234

 Getting Started

Anti-Aliasing with Filter Vertical and Horizontal, Mask 5, Threshold 100

Smoothing a Polyline
To smooth a polyline:
1. Select a polyline in an editable layer.
2. On the SPATIAL tab, in the Edit group, click Fix/Clean, and Smooth Lines.
The polyline becomes a continuous curved line.

Unsmoothing a Polyline
To unsmooth a polyline:
1. Select a smoothed polyline in an editable layer.
2. On the SPATIAL tab, in the Edit group, click Fix/Clean, and Unsmooth Lines.
The polyline is redrawn to its original form.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 235

3 - Working with Data
This section describes how to work with MapInfo data files (TAB files),
accesses your data sources, and select and query data.

In this section
Working with MapInfo Tables 237
Putting Your Data on the Map 262
Selecting and Querying Data 350
Working with Data in a DBMS 454
Registering Raster Images 521
Registering SPOT Images 537
Digitizing Maps 542
 Working with Data

Working with MapInfo Tables

After you have brought your data into MapInfo and created .TAB files, you can manage them within
MapInfo Pro. You can view any database table in MapInfo Pro, once you have converted it to MapInfo
format. Additionally you can add or remove fields, change the order, name, type, width, or index of
any field. You can also specify or determine the projection of the table from this dialog box. You can
also check if the table is mappable (contains map objects). To make these types of changes, see
Editing a Table's Structure.
Keep in mind that you can only view the structure of a spreadsheet or database file that you convert
into MapInfo Pro's table structure. See How Do I Get My Data on the Map? for these instructions.
To view the structure of a table, on the TABLE tab, in the Sort and Filter group, click the Table
command list and choose Modify Structure. The View/Modify Table Structure dialog box displays.

Accessing StreetPro Data

Now that you can display your data, you may want to display it on an existing map that has streets,
hospitals, highways, and other landmarks to give your data relevance. Our premier data product,
StreetPro contains all of this and more. There are actually two versions of StreetPro, StreetPro
Display and StreetPro with Enhanced Address Layer. See which of these products is right for your
needs.
StreetPro Display contains 30 layers of county-level display streets, highways and shields, railways,
administrative boundaries, point locations, and water features. In addition, we have included several
utilities (Autoloader, Shield Manager, Street Append tools) to help make StreetPro easy to work
with. You can purchase this product by county, by state, by 6 state packs or the entire United States.
StreetPro with Enhanced Address Layer includes all the layers and tools in StreetPro Display, plus
an address layer of streets and address ranges that you can use to more precisely geocode your
data.

Adding to a Table

One important operation in maintaining tables is the ability to update the data contained in the table.
MapInfo Pro's Update Column feature allows you to:
• Add a temporary column or update an existing column with data from another table
• Update a table
• Place graphic information into visible columns

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 237

 Working with Data

Update Column command is located on the TABLE tab in the Edit group.

Updating Information in a Subset of a Table

Use Update Column to update information in a subset of a table. For example, you could marquee
the southeast of the United States, then use Update Column to set the "sales rep" field to the name
of your sales representative for the Selection table.
You can update all the rows in a table or a selection of rows. To update a selection of rows you
need to select the rows using SQL Select, the Select command, the Boundary Selection command,
or the Radius Selection command, and then update the selection.

Adding a Temporary Column using Update Column

If you need to bring data from one table into another, you can use the Update Column command in
MapInfo Pro. In fact to bring this data into the table, you can either add a temporary column or you
can update an existing column. In both cases, go to the TABLE tab and click Update Column to
bring over the information.
You have tremendous flexibility with how information is imported and what information is transferred.
You can perform aggregate functions to transfer averages, minima, maxima, sums, weighted
averages, and proportional sums. You can also create expressions to derive additional information
from the data.
To add a temporary column:
1. Open at least two tables.
2. On the TABLE tab, in the Edit group, click Update Column to open the Update Column dialog
box.
3. Choose the table to which the temporary column will be added.
4. Choose the table from which MapInfo Pro will retrieve the update information.
5. Accept to Add a temporary column from the Column to Update option.
If necessary, specify the information MapInfo Pro will need to associate the data (join) in the two
tables by using their common tabular or graphic data.
6. Choose how to produce the column data by specifying how to calculate the information based
on columns and expressions at the Calculate and of boxes.
7. Select the Browse Results check box to display the table with its temporary column in browser
format.
8. Click OK. The temporary column is added based on the specified information.
When you make changes to the data table, the temporary columns update automatically.
To save the table with its new temporary columns, on the TABLE tab, in the Content group, click
Save, and Save Table. If the temporary columns are added to a table in a workspace, the changes
are automatically saved when you save the workspace.

To illustrate the Update Column command, we have created the following example. In this example
we have a company which maintains two tables, a table of states (STATES) and a table of customers'

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 238

 Working with Data

order amounts (US_CUSTG). You can use these files and the Update Column command to calculate
the sum of your customers' order amounts and report that information by state. Update Column
creates a temporary column in the STATES2 table to store the information from the Order_amt
table. During the operation MapInfo Pro calculates each customer's order amount with the order
amounts of other customers from the same state. A browser of the STATES2 table shows the sum
of order amount by state.
You can follow along with similar tables of your own.

Placing Graphic Information into Visible Columns

One use of Update Columns is to place graphic information into visible columns. Tables containing
graphic objects (that is, maps) store graphic information that is not visible in Tables. You can get
some of that information into columns so that information can be viewed in a Browser window.
To put graphic information into a browsable format:
1. On the TABLE tab, in the Edit group, click Update Column to open the Update Column dialog
box.
Use this dialog box to place the graphic information, such as area, perimeter, or length, into the
temporary columns.
2. On the TABLE tab, in the Edit group, click Save, and Save Copy As to open the Save Copy As
dialog box.
Use this dialog box to save the temporary columns in a new table. The new table will contain all
of the original columns, in addition to each of the temporary columns.

If you edit your objects, the information in the visible columns must be updated to reflect the changes
you have made.

Calculating Sums using Update Column

To calculate the sum of orders and report the amount using Update Column:
1. On the TABLE tab, click Update Column and fill in the Update Column dialog box:

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 239

 Working with Data

• Table to Update - Select this table to update from this list.

• Column to Update - Select this column to update from this list or select Add new temporary
column.
• Get Value From Table - Select the table that contains the update values in this list.
Notice the Join button is activated when you select Add new temporary column. In this example
the Join operation will match columns in each table based on equivalent columns that hold
common information such as where State from table STATES2 table matches State from the
US_CUSTG table. In other situations you can match information based on common geography.
Note: You can use this dialog box to create a temporary column in the original data source
file. To do this, select the same table in both the Table to Update drop-down list and
the Get Value From Table drop-down list.

2. On the TABLE tab, click Update Column and fill in the Update Column dialog box:

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 240

 Working with Data

• Table to Update - Select this table to update from this list.

• Column to Update - Select this column to update from this list or select Add new temporary
column.
• Get Value From Table - Select the table that contains the update values in this list.
Notice the Join button is activated when you select Add new temporary column. In this example
the Join operation will match columns in each table based on equivalent columns that hold
common information such as where State from table STATES2 table matches State from the
US_CUSTG table. In other situations you can match information based on common geography.
Note: You can use this dialog box to create a temporary column in the original data source
file. To do this, select the same table in both the Table to Update drop-down list and
the Get Value From Table drop-down list.

3. At the Calculate list box, choose Sum for purposes of this example. You can also select: Value,
Avg, Count, Min, Max, Sum, WtAvg, Proportion Sum, Proportion Avg, or Proportion WtAvg from
this list. (For a discussion of these functions, see Aggregating Data.)
At the Of list box, MapInfo Pro automatically defaults to the first numeric field in the table when
you choose any function other than Value. You can select another column, as appropriate.
4. Click OK to begin the update. MapInfo Pro updates the STATES2 table and reports the order
amount by state in a Browser or in the table you selected.
When the order amount of a customer changes, you can simply make the change in the Order_amt
table. MapInfo Pro automatically updates the sum of the order amount for that state in the
STATES2 table.
5. To save the temporary column, on the TABLE tab, click Save Copy As.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 241

 Working with Data

If saved in a workspace, MapInfo Pro recomputes the column whenever you open the workspace.
Also, the Update Column dialog box defaults to the last column that was updated and the last
expression that was used for updating the column, whenever you run the command. For additional
details about saving a table, see Saving a Table or a Copy of a Table.

Geographic and Descriptive Joins

A join allows you to join two tables. To do this, MapInfo Pro must know how to associate records in
the two tables.
For example, assume you are shading STATES by the values in SALES. Obviously, you want all
Pennsylvania sales to be associated with Pennsylvania, all Maryland sales to be associated with
Maryland, etc. MapInfo Pro has two ways of doing this:
1. From a common descriptive field.
2. Geographically/graphically.
In this case, the most likely descriptive field contains the state name or an abbreviation for the state
name. Thus the STATES table might have a field called Abbr, containing the abbreviation of the
state name, and SALES might have a field called State, that contains the state abbreviation. MapInfo
Pro matches the entries in these two fields so that information in the SALES State field is matched
to the record having the same entry in the Abbr field of STATE, thus matching NY (sales) to NY
(state), PA (sales) to PA (state), etc.
However, if both tables contain graphic information, MapInfo Pro can also make a graphic match.
For example, if you are a conservation official and you want to shade a map of COUNTIES according
to the number of FIRES that occurred in the last year. Your FIRES database has been geocoded.
In this case MapInfo Pro could examine the coordinates of each fire location and determine the
county where the fire had occurred. That would allow MapInfo Pro to associate each fire record with
the appropriate county.

Specifying a Join Based on Descriptive Criteria

There are two versions of the Join dialog box. When both tables can be mapped, the dialog box
allows you to choose whether to make the join on a geographic basis or on a non-geographical
attributes basis.
When only one table can be mapped, the dialog box only allows you to specify the join in terms of
non-geographical attributes.
To specify a join based on descriptive criteria:
1. Open at least two tables.
2. On the TABLE tab, in the Edit group, click Update Column to open the Update Column dialog
box.
If both tables are mappable, go to step 4.
If only one table is mappable, go to step 3.
3. Choose different tables for the Table to Update and Get Value From Table drop-down lists.

MapInfo Pro 17.0 MapInfo Pro Help 242